1 /* vi:set ts=8 sts=4 sw=4 noet: 2 * 3 * VIM - Vi IMproved by Bram Moolenaar 4 * 5 * Do ":help uganda" in Vim to read copying and usage conditions. 6 * Do ":help credits" in Vim to see a list of people who contributed. 7 * See README.txt for an overview of the Vim source code. 8 */ 9 10 /* 11 * eval.c: Expression evaluation. 12 */ 13 #define USING_FLOAT_STUFF 14 15 #include "vim.h" 16 17 #if defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO) 18 19 #ifdef VMS 20 # include <float.h> 21 #endif 22 23 #define DICT_MAXNEST 100 /* maximum nesting of lists and dicts */ 24 25 static char *e_letunexp = N_("E18: Unexpected characters in :let"); 26 static char *e_undefvar = N_("E121: Undefined variable: %s"); 27 static char *e_missbrac = N_("E111: Missing ']'"); 28 static char *e_dictrange = N_("E719: Cannot use [:] with a Dictionary"); 29 static char *e_letwrong = N_("E734: Wrong variable type for %s="); 30 static char *e_illvar = N_("E461: Illegal variable name: %s"); 31 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 32 static char *e_float_as_string = N_("E806: using Float as a String"); 33 #endif 34 35 #define NAMESPACE_CHAR (char_u *)"abglstvw" 36 37 static dictitem_T globvars_var; /* variable used for g: */ 38 #define globvarht globvardict.dv_hashtab 39 40 /* 41 * Old Vim variables such as "v:version" are also available without the "v:". 42 * Also in functions. We need a special hashtable for them. 43 */ 44 static hashtab_T compat_hashtab; 45 46 /* 47 * When recursively copying lists and dicts we need to remember which ones we 48 * have done to avoid endless recursiveness. This unique ID is used for that. 49 * The last bit is used for previous_funccal, ignored when comparing. 50 */ 51 static int current_copyID = 0; 52 53 /* 54 * Array to hold the hashtab with variables local to each sourced script. 55 * Each item holds a variable (nameless) that points to the dict_T. 56 */ 57 typedef struct 58 { 59 dictitem_T sv_var; 60 dict_T sv_dict; 61 } scriptvar_T; 62 63 static garray_T ga_scripts = {0, 0, sizeof(scriptvar_T *), 4, NULL}; 64 #define SCRIPT_SV(id) (((scriptvar_T **)ga_scripts.ga_data)[(id) - 1]) 65 #define SCRIPT_VARS(id) (SCRIPT_SV(id)->sv_dict.dv_hashtab) 66 67 static int echo_attr = 0; /* attributes used for ":echo" */ 68 69 /* The names of packages that once were loaded are remembered. */ 70 static garray_T ga_loaded = {0, 0, sizeof(char_u *), 4, NULL}; 71 72 /* 73 * Info used by a ":for" loop. 74 */ 75 typedef struct 76 { 77 int fi_semicolon; /* TRUE if ending in '; var]' */ 78 int fi_varcount; /* nr of variables in the list */ 79 listwatch_T fi_lw; /* keep an eye on the item used. */ 80 list_T *fi_list; /* list being used */ 81 } forinfo_T; 82 83 84 /* 85 * Array to hold the value of v: variables. 86 * The value is in a dictitem, so that it can also be used in the v: scope. 87 * The reason to use this table anyway is for very quick access to the 88 * variables with the VV_ defines. 89 */ 90 91 /* values for vv_flags: */ 92 #define VV_COMPAT 1 /* compatible, also used without "v:" */ 93 #define VV_RO 2 /* read-only */ 94 #define VV_RO_SBX 4 /* read-only in the sandbox */ 95 96 #define VV_NAME(s, t) s, {{t, 0, {0}}, 0, {0}} 97 98 static struct vimvar 99 { 100 char *vv_name; /* name of variable, without v: */ 101 dictitem16_T vv_di; /* value and name for key (max 16 chars!) */ 102 char vv_flags; /* VV_COMPAT, VV_RO, VV_RO_SBX */ 103 } vimvars[VV_LEN] = 104 { 105 /* 106 * The order here must match the VV_ defines in vim.h! 107 * Initializing a union does not work, leave tv.vval empty to get zero's. 108 */ 109 {VV_NAME("count", VAR_NUMBER), VV_COMPAT+VV_RO}, 110 {VV_NAME("count1", VAR_NUMBER), VV_RO}, 111 {VV_NAME("prevcount", VAR_NUMBER), VV_RO}, 112 {VV_NAME("errmsg", VAR_STRING), VV_COMPAT}, 113 {VV_NAME("warningmsg", VAR_STRING), 0}, 114 {VV_NAME("statusmsg", VAR_STRING), 0}, 115 {VV_NAME("shell_error", VAR_NUMBER), VV_COMPAT+VV_RO}, 116 {VV_NAME("this_session", VAR_STRING), VV_COMPAT}, 117 {VV_NAME("version", VAR_NUMBER), VV_COMPAT+VV_RO}, 118 {VV_NAME("lnum", VAR_NUMBER), VV_RO_SBX}, 119 {VV_NAME("termresponse", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 120 {VV_NAME("fname", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 121 {VV_NAME("lang", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 122 {VV_NAME("lc_time", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 123 {VV_NAME("ctype", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 124 {VV_NAME("charconvert_from", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 125 {VV_NAME("charconvert_to", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 126 {VV_NAME("fname_in", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 127 {VV_NAME("fname_out", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 128 {VV_NAME("fname_new", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 129 {VV_NAME("fname_diff", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 130 {VV_NAME("cmdarg", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 131 {VV_NAME("foldstart", VAR_NUMBER), VV_RO_SBX}, 132 {VV_NAME("foldend", VAR_NUMBER), VV_RO_SBX}, 133 {VV_NAME("folddashes", VAR_STRING), VV_RO_SBX}, 134 {VV_NAME("foldlevel", VAR_NUMBER), VV_RO_SBX}, 135 {VV_NAME("progname", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 136 {VV_NAME("servername", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 137 {VV_NAME("dying", VAR_NUMBER), VV_RO}, 138 {VV_NAME("exception", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 139 {VV_NAME("throwpoint", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 140 {VV_NAME("register", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 141 {VV_NAME("cmdbang", VAR_NUMBER), VV_RO}, 142 {VV_NAME("insertmode", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 143 {VV_NAME("val", VAR_UNKNOWN), VV_RO}, 144 {VV_NAME("key", VAR_UNKNOWN), VV_RO}, 145 {VV_NAME("profiling", VAR_NUMBER), VV_RO}, 146 {VV_NAME("fcs_reason", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 147 {VV_NAME("fcs_choice", VAR_STRING), 0}, 148 {VV_NAME("beval_bufnr", VAR_NUMBER), VV_RO}, 149 {VV_NAME("beval_winnr", VAR_NUMBER), VV_RO}, 150 {VV_NAME("beval_winid", VAR_NUMBER), VV_RO}, 151 {VV_NAME("beval_lnum", VAR_NUMBER), VV_RO}, 152 {VV_NAME("beval_col", VAR_NUMBER), VV_RO}, 153 {VV_NAME("beval_text", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 154 {VV_NAME("scrollstart", VAR_STRING), 0}, 155 {VV_NAME("swapname", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 156 {VV_NAME("swapchoice", VAR_STRING), 0}, 157 {VV_NAME("swapcommand", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 158 {VV_NAME("char", VAR_STRING), 0}, 159 {VV_NAME("mouse_win", VAR_NUMBER), 0}, 160 {VV_NAME("mouse_winid", VAR_NUMBER), 0}, 161 {VV_NAME("mouse_lnum", VAR_NUMBER), 0}, 162 {VV_NAME("mouse_col", VAR_NUMBER), 0}, 163 {VV_NAME("operator", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 164 {VV_NAME("searchforward", VAR_NUMBER), 0}, 165 {VV_NAME("hlsearch", VAR_NUMBER), 0}, 166 {VV_NAME("oldfiles", VAR_LIST), 0}, 167 {VV_NAME("windowid", VAR_NUMBER), VV_RO}, 168 {VV_NAME("progpath", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 169 {VV_NAME("completed_item", VAR_DICT), VV_RO}, 170 {VV_NAME("option_new", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 171 {VV_NAME("option_old", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 172 {VV_NAME("option_type", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 173 {VV_NAME("errors", VAR_LIST), 0}, 174 {VV_NAME("false", VAR_SPECIAL), VV_RO}, 175 {VV_NAME("true", VAR_SPECIAL), VV_RO}, 176 {VV_NAME("null", VAR_SPECIAL), VV_RO}, 177 {VV_NAME("none", VAR_SPECIAL), VV_RO}, 178 {VV_NAME("vim_did_enter", VAR_NUMBER), VV_RO}, 179 {VV_NAME("testing", VAR_NUMBER), 0}, 180 {VV_NAME("t_number", VAR_NUMBER), VV_RO}, 181 {VV_NAME("t_string", VAR_NUMBER), VV_RO}, 182 {VV_NAME("t_func", VAR_NUMBER), VV_RO}, 183 {VV_NAME("t_list", VAR_NUMBER), VV_RO}, 184 {VV_NAME("t_dict", VAR_NUMBER), VV_RO}, 185 {VV_NAME("t_float", VAR_NUMBER), VV_RO}, 186 {VV_NAME("t_bool", VAR_NUMBER), VV_RO}, 187 {VV_NAME("t_none", VAR_NUMBER), VV_RO}, 188 {VV_NAME("t_job", VAR_NUMBER), VV_RO}, 189 {VV_NAME("t_channel", VAR_NUMBER), VV_RO}, 190 {VV_NAME("termrfgresp", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 191 {VV_NAME("termrbgresp", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 192 {VV_NAME("termu7resp", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 193 {VV_NAME("termstyleresp", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 194 {VV_NAME("termblinkresp", VAR_STRING), VV_RO}, 195 {VV_NAME("event", VAR_DICT), VV_RO}, 196 }; 197 198 /* shorthand */ 199 #define vv_type vv_di.di_tv.v_type 200 #define vv_nr vv_di.di_tv.vval.v_number 201 #define vv_float vv_di.di_tv.vval.v_float 202 #define vv_str vv_di.di_tv.vval.v_string 203 #define vv_list vv_di.di_tv.vval.v_list 204 #define vv_dict vv_di.di_tv.vval.v_dict 205 #define vv_tv vv_di.di_tv 206 207 static dictitem_T vimvars_var; /* variable used for v: */ 208 #define vimvarht vimvardict.dv_hashtab 209 210 static int ex_let_vars(char_u *arg, typval_T *tv, int copy, int semicolon, int var_count, char_u *nextchars); 211 static char_u *skip_var_list(char_u *arg, int *var_count, int *semicolon); 212 static char_u *skip_var_one(char_u *arg); 213 static void list_glob_vars(int *first); 214 static void list_buf_vars(int *first); 215 static void list_win_vars(int *first); 216 static void list_tab_vars(int *first); 217 static void list_vim_vars(int *first); 218 static void list_script_vars(int *first); 219 static char_u *list_arg_vars(exarg_T *eap, char_u *arg, int *first); 220 static char_u *ex_let_one(char_u *arg, typval_T *tv, int copy, char_u *endchars, char_u *op); 221 static void set_var_lval(lval_T *lp, char_u *endp, typval_T *rettv, int copy, char_u *op); 222 static int tv_op(typval_T *tv1, typval_T *tv2, char_u *op); 223 static void ex_unletlock(exarg_T *eap, char_u *argstart, int deep); 224 static int do_unlet_var(lval_T *lp, char_u *name_end, int forceit); 225 static int do_lock_var(lval_T *lp, char_u *name_end, int deep, int lock); 226 static void item_lock(typval_T *tv, int deep, int lock); 227 228 static int eval2(char_u **arg, typval_T *rettv, int evaluate); 229 static int eval3(char_u **arg, typval_T *rettv, int evaluate); 230 static int eval4(char_u **arg, typval_T *rettv, int evaluate); 231 static int eval5(char_u **arg, typval_T *rettv, int evaluate); 232 static int eval6(char_u **arg, typval_T *rettv, int evaluate, int want_string); 233 static int eval7(char_u **arg, typval_T *rettv, int evaluate, int want_string); 234 235 static int get_string_tv(char_u **arg, typval_T *rettv, int evaluate); 236 static int get_lit_string_tv(char_u **arg, typval_T *rettv, int evaluate); 237 static int free_unref_items(int copyID); 238 static int get_env_tv(char_u **arg, typval_T *rettv, int evaluate); 239 static int get_env_len(char_u **arg); 240 static char_u * make_expanded_name(char_u *in_start, char_u *expr_start, char_u *expr_end, char_u *in_end); 241 static void check_vars(char_u *name, int len); 242 static typval_T *alloc_string_tv(char_u *string); 243 static void delete_var(hashtab_T *ht, hashitem_T *hi); 244 static void list_one_var(dictitem_T *v, char_u *prefix, int *first); 245 static void list_one_var_a(char_u *prefix, char_u *name, int type, char_u *string, int *first); 246 static char_u *find_option_end(char_u **arg, int *opt_flags); 247 248 /* for VIM_VERSION_ defines */ 249 #include "version.h" 250 251 252 #if defined(EBCDIC) || defined(PROTO) 253 /* 254 * Compare struct fst by function name. 255 */ 256 static int 257 compare_func_name(const void *s1, const void *s2) 258 { 259 struct fst *p1 = (struct fst *)s1; 260 struct fst *p2 = (struct fst *)s2; 261 262 return STRCMP(p1->f_name, p2->f_name); 263 } 264 265 /* 266 * Sort the function table by function name. 267 * The sorting of the table above is ASCII dependant. 268 * On machines using EBCDIC we have to sort it. 269 */ 270 static void 271 sortFunctions(void) 272 { 273 int funcCnt = (int)(sizeof(functions) / sizeof(struct fst)) - 1; 274 275 qsort(functions, (size_t)funcCnt, sizeof(struct fst), compare_func_name); 276 } 277 #endif 278 279 280 /* 281 * Initialize the global and v: variables. 282 */ 283 void 284 eval_init(void) 285 { 286 int i; 287 struct vimvar *p; 288 289 init_var_dict(&globvardict, &globvars_var, VAR_DEF_SCOPE); 290 init_var_dict(&vimvardict, &vimvars_var, VAR_SCOPE); 291 vimvardict.dv_lock = VAR_FIXED; 292 hash_init(&compat_hashtab); 293 func_init(); 294 295 for (i = 0; i < VV_LEN; ++i) 296 { 297 p = &vimvars[i]; 298 if (STRLEN(p->vv_name) > 16) 299 { 300 IEMSG("INTERNAL: name too long, increase size of dictitem16_T"); 301 getout(1); 302 } 303 STRCPY(p->vv_di.di_key, p->vv_name); 304 if (p->vv_flags & VV_RO) 305 p->vv_di.di_flags = DI_FLAGS_RO | DI_FLAGS_FIX; 306 else if (p->vv_flags & VV_RO_SBX) 307 p->vv_di.di_flags = DI_FLAGS_RO_SBX | DI_FLAGS_FIX; 308 else 309 p->vv_di.di_flags = DI_FLAGS_FIX; 310 311 /* add to v: scope dict, unless the value is not always available */ 312 if (p->vv_type != VAR_UNKNOWN) 313 hash_add(&vimvarht, p->vv_di.di_key); 314 if (p->vv_flags & VV_COMPAT) 315 /* add to compat scope dict */ 316 hash_add(&compat_hashtab, p->vv_di.di_key); 317 } 318 vimvars[VV_VERSION].vv_nr = VIM_VERSION_100; 319 320 set_vim_var_nr(VV_SEARCHFORWARD, 1L); 321 set_vim_var_nr(VV_HLSEARCH, 1L); 322 set_vim_var_dict(VV_COMPLETED_ITEM, dict_alloc_lock(VAR_FIXED)); 323 set_vim_var_list(VV_ERRORS, list_alloc()); 324 set_vim_var_dict(VV_EVENT, dict_alloc_lock(VAR_FIXED)); 325 326 set_vim_var_nr(VV_FALSE, VVAL_FALSE); 327 set_vim_var_nr(VV_TRUE, VVAL_TRUE); 328 set_vim_var_nr(VV_NONE, VVAL_NONE); 329 set_vim_var_nr(VV_NULL, VVAL_NULL); 330 331 set_vim_var_nr(VV_TYPE_NUMBER, VAR_TYPE_NUMBER); 332 set_vim_var_nr(VV_TYPE_STRING, VAR_TYPE_STRING); 333 set_vim_var_nr(VV_TYPE_FUNC, VAR_TYPE_FUNC); 334 set_vim_var_nr(VV_TYPE_LIST, VAR_TYPE_LIST); 335 set_vim_var_nr(VV_TYPE_DICT, VAR_TYPE_DICT); 336 set_vim_var_nr(VV_TYPE_FLOAT, VAR_TYPE_FLOAT); 337 set_vim_var_nr(VV_TYPE_BOOL, VAR_TYPE_BOOL); 338 set_vim_var_nr(VV_TYPE_NONE, VAR_TYPE_NONE); 339 set_vim_var_nr(VV_TYPE_JOB, VAR_TYPE_JOB); 340 set_vim_var_nr(VV_TYPE_CHANNEL, VAR_TYPE_CHANNEL); 341 342 set_reg_var(0); /* default for v:register is not 0 but '"' */ 343 344 #ifdef EBCDIC 345 /* 346 * Sort the function table, to enable binary search. 347 */ 348 sortFunctions(); 349 #endif 350 } 351 352 #if defined(EXITFREE) || defined(PROTO) 353 void 354 eval_clear(void) 355 { 356 int i; 357 struct vimvar *p; 358 359 for (i = 0; i < VV_LEN; ++i) 360 { 361 p = &vimvars[i]; 362 if (p->vv_di.di_tv.v_type == VAR_STRING) 363 VIM_CLEAR(p->vv_str); 364 else if (p->vv_di.di_tv.v_type == VAR_LIST) 365 { 366 list_unref(p->vv_list); 367 p->vv_list = NULL; 368 } 369 } 370 hash_clear(&vimvarht); 371 hash_init(&vimvarht); /* garbage_collect() will access it */ 372 hash_clear(&compat_hashtab); 373 374 free_scriptnames(); 375 # if defined(FEAT_CMDL_COMPL) 376 free_locales(); 377 # endif 378 379 /* global variables */ 380 vars_clear(&globvarht); 381 382 /* autoloaded script names */ 383 ga_clear_strings(&ga_loaded); 384 385 /* Script-local variables. First clear all the variables and in a second 386 * loop free the scriptvar_T, because a variable in one script might hold 387 * a reference to the whole scope of another script. */ 388 for (i = 1; i <= ga_scripts.ga_len; ++i) 389 vars_clear(&SCRIPT_VARS(i)); 390 for (i = 1; i <= ga_scripts.ga_len; ++i) 391 vim_free(SCRIPT_SV(i)); 392 ga_clear(&ga_scripts); 393 394 /* unreferenced lists and dicts */ 395 (void)garbage_collect(FALSE); 396 397 /* functions */ 398 free_all_functions(); 399 } 400 #endif 401 402 403 /* 404 * Set an internal variable to a string value. Creates the variable if it does 405 * not already exist. 406 */ 407 void 408 set_internal_string_var(char_u *name, char_u *value) 409 { 410 char_u *val; 411 typval_T *tvp; 412 413 val = vim_strsave(value); 414 if (val != NULL) 415 { 416 tvp = alloc_string_tv(val); 417 if (tvp != NULL) 418 { 419 set_var(name, tvp, FALSE); 420 free_tv(tvp); 421 } 422 } 423 } 424 425 static lval_T *redir_lval = NULL; 426 #define EVALCMD_BUSY (redir_lval == (lval_T *)&redir_lval) 427 static garray_T redir_ga; /* only valid when redir_lval is not NULL */ 428 static char_u *redir_endp = NULL; 429 static char_u *redir_varname = NULL; 430 431 /* 432 * Start recording command output to a variable 433 * When "append" is TRUE append to an existing variable. 434 * Returns OK if successfully completed the setup. FAIL otherwise. 435 */ 436 int 437 var_redir_start(char_u *name, int append) 438 { 439 int save_emsg; 440 int err; 441 typval_T tv; 442 443 /* Catch a bad name early. */ 444 if (!eval_isnamec1(*name)) 445 { 446 EMSG(_(e_invarg)); 447 return FAIL; 448 } 449 450 /* Make a copy of the name, it is used in redir_lval until redir ends. */ 451 redir_varname = vim_strsave(name); 452 if (redir_varname == NULL) 453 return FAIL; 454 455 redir_lval = (lval_T *)alloc_clear((unsigned)sizeof(lval_T)); 456 if (redir_lval == NULL) 457 { 458 var_redir_stop(); 459 return FAIL; 460 } 461 462 /* The output is stored in growarray "redir_ga" until redirection ends. */ 463 ga_init2(&redir_ga, (int)sizeof(char), 500); 464 465 /* Parse the variable name (can be a dict or list entry). */ 466 redir_endp = get_lval(redir_varname, NULL, redir_lval, FALSE, FALSE, 0, 467 FNE_CHECK_START); 468 if (redir_endp == NULL || redir_lval->ll_name == NULL || *redir_endp != NUL) 469 { 470 clear_lval(redir_lval); 471 if (redir_endp != NULL && *redir_endp != NUL) 472 /* Trailing characters are present after the variable name */ 473 EMSG(_(e_trailing)); 474 else 475 EMSG(_(e_invarg)); 476 redir_endp = NULL; /* don't store a value, only cleanup */ 477 var_redir_stop(); 478 return FAIL; 479 } 480 481 /* check if we can write to the variable: set it to or append an empty 482 * string */ 483 save_emsg = did_emsg; 484 did_emsg = FALSE; 485 tv.v_type = VAR_STRING; 486 tv.vval.v_string = (char_u *)""; 487 if (append) 488 set_var_lval(redir_lval, redir_endp, &tv, TRUE, (char_u *)"."); 489 else 490 set_var_lval(redir_lval, redir_endp, &tv, TRUE, (char_u *)"="); 491 clear_lval(redir_lval); 492 err = did_emsg; 493 did_emsg |= save_emsg; 494 if (err) 495 { 496 redir_endp = NULL; /* don't store a value, only cleanup */ 497 var_redir_stop(); 498 return FAIL; 499 } 500 501 return OK; 502 } 503 504 /* 505 * Append "value[value_len]" to the variable set by var_redir_start(). 506 * The actual appending is postponed until redirection ends, because the value 507 * appended may in fact be the string we write to, changing it may cause freed 508 * memory to be used: 509 * :redir => foo 510 * :let foo 511 * :redir END 512 */ 513 void 514 var_redir_str(char_u *value, int value_len) 515 { 516 int len; 517 518 if (redir_lval == NULL) 519 return; 520 521 if (value_len == -1) 522 len = (int)STRLEN(value); /* Append the entire string */ 523 else 524 len = value_len; /* Append only "value_len" characters */ 525 526 if (ga_grow(&redir_ga, len) == OK) 527 { 528 mch_memmove((char *)redir_ga.ga_data + redir_ga.ga_len, value, len); 529 redir_ga.ga_len += len; 530 } 531 else 532 var_redir_stop(); 533 } 534 535 /* 536 * Stop redirecting command output to a variable. 537 * Frees the allocated memory. 538 */ 539 void 540 var_redir_stop(void) 541 { 542 typval_T tv; 543 544 if (EVALCMD_BUSY) 545 { 546 redir_lval = NULL; 547 return; 548 } 549 550 if (redir_lval != NULL) 551 { 552 /* If there was no error: assign the text to the variable. */ 553 if (redir_endp != NULL) 554 { 555 ga_append(&redir_ga, NUL); /* Append the trailing NUL. */ 556 tv.v_type = VAR_STRING; 557 tv.vval.v_string = redir_ga.ga_data; 558 /* Call get_lval() again, if it's inside a Dict or List it may 559 * have changed. */ 560 redir_endp = get_lval(redir_varname, NULL, redir_lval, 561 FALSE, FALSE, 0, FNE_CHECK_START); 562 if (redir_endp != NULL && redir_lval->ll_name != NULL) 563 set_var_lval(redir_lval, redir_endp, &tv, FALSE, (char_u *)"."); 564 clear_lval(redir_lval); 565 } 566 567 /* free the collected output */ 568 VIM_CLEAR(redir_ga.ga_data); 569 570 VIM_CLEAR(redir_lval); 571 } 572 VIM_CLEAR(redir_varname); 573 } 574 575 # if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(PROTO) 576 int 577 eval_charconvert( 578 char_u *enc_from, 579 char_u *enc_to, 580 char_u *fname_from, 581 char_u *fname_to) 582 { 583 int err = FALSE; 584 585 set_vim_var_string(VV_CC_FROM, enc_from, -1); 586 set_vim_var_string(VV_CC_TO, enc_to, -1); 587 set_vim_var_string(VV_FNAME_IN, fname_from, -1); 588 set_vim_var_string(VV_FNAME_OUT, fname_to, -1); 589 if (eval_to_bool(p_ccv, &err, NULL, FALSE)) 590 err = TRUE; 591 set_vim_var_string(VV_CC_FROM, NULL, -1); 592 set_vim_var_string(VV_CC_TO, NULL, -1); 593 set_vim_var_string(VV_FNAME_IN, NULL, -1); 594 set_vim_var_string(VV_FNAME_OUT, NULL, -1); 595 596 if (err) 597 return FAIL; 598 return OK; 599 } 600 # endif 601 602 # if defined(FEAT_POSTSCRIPT) || defined(PROTO) 603 int 604 eval_printexpr(char_u *fname, char_u *args) 605 { 606 int err = FALSE; 607 608 set_vim_var_string(VV_FNAME_IN, fname, -1); 609 set_vim_var_string(VV_CMDARG, args, -1); 610 if (eval_to_bool(p_pexpr, &err, NULL, FALSE)) 611 err = TRUE; 612 set_vim_var_string(VV_FNAME_IN, NULL, -1); 613 set_vim_var_string(VV_CMDARG, NULL, -1); 614 615 if (err) 616 { 617 mch_remove(fname); 618 return FAIL; 619 } 620 return OK; 621 } 622 # endif 623 624 # if defined(FEAT_DIFF) || defined(PROTO) 625 void 626 eval_diff( 627 char_u *origfile, 628 char_u *newfile, 629 char_u *outfile) 630 { 631 int err = FALSE; 632 633 set_vim_var_string(VV_FNAME_IN, origfile, -1); 634 set_vim_var_string(VV_FNAME_NEW, newfile, -1); 635 set_vim_var_string(VV_FNAME_OUT, outfile, -1); 636 (void)eval_to_bool(p_dex, &err, NULL, FALSE); 637 set_vim_var_string(VV_FNAME_IN, NULL, -1); 638 set_vim_var_string(VV_FNAME_NEW, NULL, -1); 639 set_vim_var_string(VV_FNAME_OUT, NULL, -1); 640 } 641 642 void 643 eval_patch( 644 char_u *origfile, 645 char_u *difffile, 646 char_u *outfile) 647 { 648 int err; 649 650 set_vim_var_string(VV_FNAME_IN, origfile, -1); 651 set_vim_var_string(VV_FNAME_DIFF, difffile, -1); 652 set_vim_var_string(VV_FNAME_OUT, outfile, -1); 653 (void)eval_to_bool(p_pex, &err, NULL, FALSE); 654 set_vim_var_string(VV_FNAME_IN, NULL, -1); 655 set_vim_var_string(VV_FNAME_DIFF, NULL, -1); 656 set_vim_var_string(VV_FNAME_OUT, NULL, -1); 657 } 658 # endif 659 660 /* 661 * Top level evaluation function, returning a boolean. 662 * Sets "error" to TRUE if there was an error. 663 * Return TRUE or FALSE. 664 */ 665 int 666 eval_to_bool( 667 char_u *arg, 668 int *error, 669 char_u **nextcmd, 670 int skip) /* only parse, don't execute */ 671 { 672 typval_T tv; 673 varnumber_T retval = FALSE; 674 675 if (skip) 676 ++emsg_skip; 677 if (eval0(arg, &tv, nextcmd, !skip) == FAIL) 678 *error = TRUE; 679 else 680 { 681 *error = FALSE; 682 if (!skip) 683 { 684 retval = (get_tv_number_chk(&tv, error) != 0); 685 clear_tv(&tv); 686 } 687 } 688 if (skip) 689 --emsg_skip; 690 691 return (int)retval; 692 } 693 694 static int 695 eval_expr_typval(typval_T *expr, typval_T *argv, int argc, typval_T *rettv) 696 { 697 char_u *s; 698 int dummy; 699 char_u buf[NUMBUFLEN]; 700 701 if (expr->v_type == VAR_FUNC) 702 { 703 s = expr->vval.v_string; 704 if (s == NULL || *s == NUL) 705 return FAIL; 706 if (call_func(s, (int)STRLEN(s), rettv, argc, argv, NULL, 707 0L, 0L, &dummy, TRUE, NULL, NULL) == FAIL) 708 return FAIL; 709 } 710 else if (expr->v_type == VAR_PARTIAL) 711 { 712 partial_T *partial = expr->vval.v_partial; 713 714 s = partial_name(partial); 715 if (s == NULL || *s == NUL) 716 return FAIL; 717 if (call_func(s, (int)STRLEN(s), rettv, argc, argv, NULL, 718 0L, 0L, &dummy, TRUE, partial, NULL) == FAIL) 719 return FAIL; 720 } 721 else 722 { 723 s = get_tv_string_buf_chk(expr, buf); 724 if (s == NULL) 725 return FAIL; 726 s = skipwhite(s); 727 if (eval1(&s, rettv, TRUE) == FAIL) 728 return FAIL; 729 if (*s != NUL) /* check for trailing chars after expr */ 730 { 731 clear_tv(rettv); 732 EMSG2(_(e_invexpr2), s); 733 return FAIL; 734 } 735 } 736 return OK; 737 } 738 739 /* 740 * Like eval_to_bool() but using a typval_T instead of a string. 741 * Works for string, funcref and partial. 742 */ 743 int 744 eval_expr_to_bool(typval_T *expr, int *error) 745 { 746 typval_T rettv; 747 int res; 748 749 if (eval_expr_typval(expr, NULL, 0, &rettv) == FAIL) 750 { 751 *error = TRUE; 752 return FALSE; 753 } 754 res = (get_tv_number_chk(&rettv, error) != 0); 755 clear_tv(&rettv); 756 return res; 757 } 758 759 /* 760 * Top level evaluation function, returning a string. If "skip" is TRUE, 761 * only parsing to "nextcmd" is done, without reporting errors. Return 762 * pointer to allocated memory, or NULL for failure or when "skip" is TRUE. 763 */ 764 char_u * 765 eval_to_string_skip( 766 char_u *arg, 767 char_u **nextcmd, 768 int skip) /* only parse, don't execute */ 769 { 770 typval_T tv; 771 char_u *retval; 772 773 if (skip) 774 ++emsg_skip; 775 if (eval0(arg, &tv, nextcmd, !skip) == FAIL || skip) 776 retval = NULL; 777 else 778 { 779 retval = vim_strsave(get_tv_string(&tv)); 780 clear_tv(&tv); 781 } 782 if (skip) 783 --emsg_skip; 784 785 return retval; 786 } 787 788 /* 789 * Skip over an expression at "*pp". 790 * Return FAIL for an error, OK otherwise. 791 */ 792 int 793 skip_expr(char_u **pp) 794 { 795 typval_T rettv; 796 797 *pp = skipwhite(*pp); 798 return eval1(pp, &rettv, FALSE); 799 } 800 801 /* 802 * Top level evaluation function, returning a string. 803 * When "convert" is TRUE convert a List into a sequence of lines and convert 804 * a Float to a String. 805 * Return pointer to allocated memory, or NULL for failure. 806 */ 807 char_u * 808 eval_to_string( 809 char_u *arg, 810 char_u **nextcmd, 811 int convert) 812 { 813 typval_T tv; 814 char_u *retval; 815 garray_T ga; 816 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 817 char_u numbuf[NUMBUFLEN]; 818 #endif 819 820 if (eval0(arg, &tv, nextcmd, TRUE) == FAIL) 821 retval = NULL; 822 else 823 { 824 if (convert && tv.v_type == VAR_LIST) 825 { 826 ga_init2(&ga, (int)sizeof(char), 80); 827 if (tv.vval.v_list != NULL) 828 { 829 list_join(&ga, tv.vval.v_list, (char_u *)"\n", TRUE, FALSE, 0); 830 if (tv.vval.v_list->lv_len > 0) 831 ga_append(&ga, NL); 832 } 833 ga_append(&ga, NUL); 834 retval = (char_u *)ga.ga_data; 835 } 836 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 837 else if (convert && tv.v_type == VAR_FLOAT) 838 { 839 vim_snprintf((char *)numbuf, NUMBUFLEN, "%g", tv.vval.v_float); 840 retval = vim_strsave(numbuf); 841 } 842 #endif 843 else 844 retval = vim_strsave(get_tv_string(&tv)); 845 clear_tv(&tv); 846 } 847 848 return retval; 849 } 850 851 /* 852 * Call eval_to_string() without using current local variables and using 853 * textlock. When "use_sandbox" is TRUE use the sandbox. 854 */ 855 char_u * 856 eval_to_string_safe( 857 char_u *arg, 858 char_u **nextcmd, 859 int use_sandbox) 860 { 861 char_u *retval; 862 funccal_entry_T funccal_entry; 863 864 save_funccal(&funccal_entry); 865 if (use_sandbox) 866 ++sandbox; 867 ++textlock; 868 retval = eval_to_string(arg, nextcmd, FALSE); 869 if (use_sandbox) 870 --sandbox; 871 --textlock; 872 restore_funccal(); 873 return retval; 874 } 875 876 /* 877 * Top level evaluation function, returning a number. 878 * Evaluates "expr" silently. 879 * Returns -1 for an error. 880 */ 881 varnumber_T 882 eval_to_number(char_u *expr) 883 { 884 typval_T rettv; 885 varnumber_T retval; 886 char_u *p = skipwhite(expr); 887 888 ++emsg_off; 889 890 if (eval1(&p, &rettv, TRUE) == FAIL) 891 retval = -1; 892 else 893 { 894 retval = get_tv_number_chk(&rettv, NULL); 895 clear_tv(&rettv); 896 } 897 --emsg_off; 898 899 return retval; 900 } 901 902 /* 903 * Prepare v: variable "idx" to be used. 904 * Save the current typeval in "save_tv". 905 * When not used yet add the variable to the v: hashtable. 906 */ 907 static void 908 prepare_vimvar(int idx, typval_T *save_tv) 909 { 910 *save_tv = vimvars[idx].vv_tv; 911 if (vimvars[idx].vv_type == VAR_UNKNOWN) 912 hash_add(&vimvarht, vimvars[idx].vv_di.di_key); 913 } 914 915 /* 916 * Restore v: variable "idx" to typeval "save_tv". 917 * When no longer defined, remove the variable from the v: hashtable. 918 */ 919 static void 920 restore_vimvar(int idx, typval_T *save_tv) 921 { 922 hashitem_T *hi; 923 924 vimvars[idx].vv_tv = *save_tv; 925 if (vimvars[idx].vv_type == VAR_UNKNOWN) 926 { 927 hi = hash_find(&vimvarht, vimvars[idx].vv_di.di_key); 928 if (HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi)) 929 internal_error("restore_vimvar()"); 930 else 931 hash_remove(&vimvarht, hi); 932 } 933 } 934 935 #if defined(FEAT_SPELL) || defined(PROTO) 936 /* 937 * Evaluate an expression to a list with suggestions. 938 * For the "expr:" part of 'spellsuggest'. 939 * Returns NULL when there is an error. 940 */ 941 list_T * 942 eval_spell_expr(char_u *badword, char_u *expr) 943 { 944 typval_T save_val; 945 typval_T rettv; 946 list_T *list = NULL; 947 char_u *p = skipwhite(expr); 948 949 /* Set "v:val" to the bad word. */ 950 prepare_vimvar(VV_VAL, &save_val); 951 vimvars[VV_VAL].vv_type = VAR_STRING; 952 vimvars[VV_VAL].vv_str = badword; 953 if (p_verbose == 0) 954 ++emsg_off; 955 956 if (eval1(&p, &rettv, TRUE) == OK) 957 { 958 if (rettv.v_type != VAR_LIST) 959 clear_tv(&rettv); 960 else 961 list = rettv.vval.v_list; 962 } 963 964 if (p_verbose == 0) 965 --emsg_off; 966 restore_vimvar(VV_VAL, &save_val); 967 968 return list; 969 } 970 971 /* 972 * "list" is supposed to contain two items: a word and a number. Return the 973 * word in "pp" and the number as the return value. 974 * Return -1 if anything isn't right. 975 * Used to get the good word and score from the eval_spell_expr() result. 976 */ 977 int 978 get_spellword(list_T *list, char_u **pp) 979 { 980 listitem_T *li; 981 982 li = list->lv_first; 983 if (li == NULL) 984 return -1; 985 *pp = get_tv_string(&li->li_tv); 986 987 li = li->li_next; 988 if (li == NULL) 989 return -1; 990 return (int)get_tv_number(&li->li_tv); 991 } 992 #endif 993 994 /* 995 * Top level evaluation function. 996 * Returns an allocated typval_T with the result. 997 * Returns NULL when there is an error. 998 */ 999 typval_T * 1000 eval_expr(char_u *arg, char_u **nextcmd) 1001 { 1002 typval_T *tv; 1003 1004 tv = (typval_T *)alloc(sizeof(typval_T)); 1005 if (tv != NULL && eval0(arg, tv, nextcmd, TRUE) == FAIL) 1006 VIM_CLEAR(tv); 1007 1008 return tv; 1009 } 1010 1011 1012 /* 1013 * Call some Vim script function and return the result in "*rettv". 1014 * Uses argv[0] to argv[argc - 1] for the function arguments. argv[argc] 1015 * should have type VAR_UNKNOWN. 1016 * Returns OK or FAIL. 1017 */ 1018 int 1019 call_vim_function( 1020 char_u *func, 1021 int argc, 1022 typval_T *argv, 1023 typval_T *rettv) 1024 { 1025 int doesrange; 1026 int ret; 1027 1028 rettv->v_type = VAR_UNKNOWN; /* clear_tv() uses this */ 1029 ret = call_func(func, (int)STRLEN(func), rettv, argc, argv, NULL, 1030 curwin->w_cursor.lnum, curwin->w_cursor.lnum, 1031 &doesrange, TRUE, NULL, NULL); 1032 if (ret == FAIL) 1033 clear_tv(rettv); 1034 1035 return ret; 1036 } 1037 1038 /* 1039 * Call Vim script function "func" and return the result as a number. 1040 * Returns -1 when calling the function fails. 1041 * Uses argv[0] to argv[argc - 1] for the function arguments. argv[argc] should 1042 * have type VAR_UNKNOWN. 1043 */ 1044 varnumber_T 1045 call_func_retnr( 1046 char_u *func, 1047 int argc, 1048 typval_T *argv) 1049 { 1050 typval_T rettv; 1051 varnumber_T retval; 1052 1053 if (call_vim_function(func, argc, argv, &rettv) == FAIL) 1054 return -1; 1055 1056 retval = get_tv_number_chk(&rettv, NULL); 1057 clear_tv(&rettv); 1058 return retval; 1059 } 1060 1061 #if (defined(FEAT_USR_CMDS) && defined(FEAT_CMDL_COMPL)) \ 1062 || defined(FEAT_COMPL_FUNC) || defined(PROTO) 1063 1064 # if (defined(FEAT_USR_CMDS) && defined(FEAT_CMDL_COMPL)) || defined(PROTO) 1065 /* 1066 * Call Vim script function "func" and return the result as a string. 1067 * Returns NULL when calling the function fails. 1068 * Uses argv[0] to argv[argc - 1] for the function arguments. argv[argc] should 1069 * have type VAR_UNKNOWN. 1070 */ 1071 void * 1072 call_func_retstr( 1073 char_u *func, 1074 int argc, 1075 typval_T *argv) 1076 { 1077 typval_T rettv; 1078 char_u *retval; 1079 1080 if (call_vim_function(func, argc, argv, &rettv) == FAIL) 1081 return NULL; 1082 1083 retval = vim_strsave(get_tv_string(&rettv)); 1084 clear_tv(&rettv); 1085 return retval; 1086 } 1087 # endif 1088 1089 /* 1090 * Call Vim script function "func" and return the result as a List. 1091 * Uses argv[0] to argv[argc - 1] for the function arguments. argv[argc] should 1092 * have type VAR_UNKNOWN. 1093 * Returns NULL when there is something wrong. 1094 */ 1095 void * 1096 call_func_retlist( 1097 char_u *func, 1098 int argc, 1099 typval_T *argv) 1100 { 1101 typval_T rettv; 1102 1103 if (call_vim_function(func, argc, argv, &rettv) == FAIL) 1104 return NULL; 1105 1106 if (rettv.v_type != VAR_LIST) 1107 { 1108 clear_tv(&rettv); 1109 return NULL; 1110 } 1111 1112 return rettv.vval.v_list; 1113 } 1114 #endif 1115 1116 1117 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 1118 /* 1119 * Evaluate 'foldexpr'. Returns the foldlevel, and any character preceding 1120 * it in "*cp". Doesn't give error messages. 1121 */ 1122 int 1123 eval_foldexpr(char_u *arg, int *cp) 1124 { 1125 typval_T tv; 1126 varnumber_T retval; 1127 char_u *s; 1128 int use_sandbox = was_set_insecurely((char_u *)"foldexpr", 1129 OPT_LOCAL); 1130 1131 ++emsg_off; 1132 if (use_sandbox) 1133 ++sandbox; 1134 ++textlock; 1135 *cp = NUL; 1136 if (eval0(arg, &tv, NULL, TRUE) == FAIL) 1137 retval = 0; 1138 else 1139 { 1140 /* If the result is a number, just return the number. */ 1141 if (tv.v_type == VAR_NUMBER) 1142 retval = tv.vval.v_number; 1143 else if (tv.v_type != VAR_STRING || tv.vval.v_string == NULL) 1144 retval = 0; 1145 else 1146 { 1147 /* If the result is a string, check if there is a non-digit before 1148 * the number. */ 1149 s = tv.vval.v_string; 1150 if (!VIM_ISDIGIT(*s) && *s != '-') 1151 *cp = *s++; 1152 retval = atol((char *)s); 1153 } 1154 clear_tv(&tv); 1155 } 1156 --emsg_off; 1157 if (use_sandbox) 1158 --sandbox; 1159 --textlock; 1160 1161 return (int)retval; 1162 } 1163 #endif 1164 1165 /* 1166 * ":let" list all variable values 1167 * ":let var1 var2" list variable values 1168 * ":let var = expr" assignment command. 1169 * ":let var += expr" assignment command. 1170 * ":let var -= expr" assignment command. 1171 * ":let var .= expr" assignment command. 1172 * ":let [var1, var2] = expr" unpack list. 1173 */ 1174 void 1175 ex_let(exarg_T *eap) 1176 { 1177 char_u *arg = eap->arg; 1178 char_u *expr = NULL; 1179 typval_T rettv; 1180 int i; 1181 int var_count = 0; 1182 int semicolon = 0; 1183 char_u op[2]; 1184 char_u *argend; 1185 int first = TRUE; 1186 1187 argend = skip_var_list(arg, &var_count, &semicolon); 1188 if (argend == NULL) 1189 return; 1190 if (argend > arg && argend[-1] == '.') /* for var.='str' */ 1191 --argend; 1192 expr = skipwhite(argend); 1193 if (*expr != '=' && !(vim_strchr((char_u *)"+-.", *expr) != NULL 1194 && expr[1] == '=')) 1195 { 1196 /* 1197 * ":let" without "=": list variables 1198 */ 1199 if (*arg == '[') 1200 EMSG(_(e_invarg)); 1201 else if (!ends_excmd(*arg)) 1202 /* ":let var1 var2" */ 1203 arg = list_arg_vars(eap, arg, &first); 1204 else if (!eap->skip) 1205 { 1206 /* ":let" */ 1207 list_glob_vars(&first); 1208 list_buf_vars(&first); 1209 list_win_vars(&first); 1210 list_tab_vars(&first); 1211 list_script_vars(&first); 1212 list_func_vars(&first); 1213 list_vim_vars(&first); 1214 } 1215 eap->nextcmd = check_nextcmd(arg); 1216 } 1217 else 1218 { 1219 op[0] = '='; 1220 op[1] = NUL; 1221 if (*expr != '=') 1222 { 1223 if (vim_strchr((char_u *)"+-.", *expr) != NULL) 1224 op[0] = *expr; /* +=, -= or .= */ 1225 expr = skipwhite(expr + 2); 1226 } 1227 else 1228 expr = skipwhite(expr + 1); 1229 1230 if (eap->skip) 1231 ++emsg_skip; 1232 i = eval0(expr, &rettv, &eap->nextcmd, !eap->skip); 1233 if (eap->skip) 1234 { 1235 if (i != FAIL) 1236 clear_tv(&rettv); 1237 --emsg_skip; 1238 } 1239 else if (i != FAIL) 1240 { 1241 (void)ex_let_vars(eap->arg, &rettv, FALSE, semicolon, var_count, 1242 op); 1243 clear_tv(&rettv); 1244 } 1245 } 1246 } 1247 1248 /* 1249 * Assign the typevalue "tv" to the variable or variables at "arg_start". 1250 * Handles both "var" with any type and "[var, var; var]" with a list type. 1251 * When "nextchars" is not NULL it points to a string with characters that 1252 * must appear after the variable(s). Use "+", "-" or "." for add, subtract 1253 * or concatenate. 1254 * Returns OK or FAIL; 1255 */ 1256 static int 1257 ex_let_vars( 1258 char_u *arg_start, 1259 typval_T *tv, 1260 int copy, /* copy values from "tv", don't move */ 1261 int semicolon, /* from skip_var_list() */ 1262 int var_count, /* from skip_var_list() */ 1263 char_u *nextchars) 1264 { 1265 char_u *arg = arg_start; 1266 list_T *l; 1267 int i; 1268 listitem_T *item; 1269 typval_T ltv; 1270 1271 if (*arg != '[') 1272 { 1273 /* 1274 * ":let var = expr" or ":for var in list" 1275 */ 1276 if (ex_let_one(arg, tv, copy, nextchars, nextchars) == NULL) 1277 return FAIL; 1278 return OK; 1279 } 1280 1281 /* 1282 * ":let [v1, v2] = list" or ":for [v1, v2] in listlist" 1283 */ 1284 if (tv->v_type != VAR_LIST || (l = tv->vval.v_list) == NULL) 1285 { 1286 EMSG(_(e_listreq)); 1287 return FAIL; 1288 } 1289 1290 i = list_len(l); 1291 if (semicolon == 0 && var_count < i) 1292 { 1293 EMSG(_("E687: Less targets than List items")); 1294 return FAIL; 1295 } 1296 if (var_count - semicolon > i) 1297 { 1298 EMSG(_("E688: More targets than List items")); 1299 return FAIL; 1300 } 1301 1302 item = l->lv_first; 1303 while (*arg != ']') 1304 { 1305 arg = skipwhite(arg + 1); 1306 arg = ex_let_one(arg, &item->li_tv, TRUE, (char_u *)",;]", nextchars); 1307 item = item->li_next; 1308 if (arg == NULL) 1309 return FAIL; 1310 1311 arg = skipwhite(arg); 1312 if (*arg == ';') 1313 { 1314 /* Put the rest of the list (may be empty) in the var after ';'. 1315 * Create a new list for this. */ 1316 l = list_alloc(); 1317 if (l == NULL) 1318 return FAIL; 1319 while (item != NULL) 1320 { 1321 list_append_tv(l, &item->li_tv); 1322 item = item->li_next; 1323 } 1324 1325 ltv.v_type = VAR_LIST; 1326 ltv.v_lock = 0; 1327 ltv.vval.v_list = l; 1328 l->lv_refcount = 1; 1329 1330 arg = ex_let_one(skipwhite(arg + 1), <v, FALSE, 1331 (char_u *)"]", nextchars); 1332 clear_tv(<v); 1333 if (arg == NULL) 1334 return FAIL; 1335 break; 1336 } 1337 else if (*arg != ',' && *arg != ']') 1338 { 1339 internal_error("ex_let_vars()"); 1340 return FAIL; 1341 } 1342 } 1343 1344 return OK; 1345 } 1346 1347 /* 1348 * Skip over assignable variable "var" or list of variables "[var, var]". 1349 * Used for ":let varvar = expr" and ":for varvar in expr". 1350 * For "[var, var]" increment "*var_count" for each variable. 1351 * for "[var, var; var]" set "semicolon". 1352 * Return NULL for an error. 1353 */ 1354 static char_u * 1355 skip_var_list( 1356 char_u *arg, 1357 int *var_count, 1358 int *semicolon) 1359 { 1360 char_u *p, *s; 1361 1362 if (*arg == '[') 1363 { 1364 /* "[var, var]": find the matching ']'. */ 1365 p = arg; 1366 for (;;) 1367 { 1368 p = skipwhite(p + 1); /* skip whites after '[', ';' or ',' */ 1369 s = skip_var_one(p); 1370 if (s == p) 1371 { 1372 EMSG2(_(e_invarg2), p); 1373 return NULL; 1374 } 1375 ++*var_count; 1376 1377 p = skipwhite(s); 1378 if (*p == ']') 1379 break; 1380 else if (*p == ';') 1381 { 1382 if (*semicolon == 1) 1383 { 1384 EMSG(_("Double ; in list of variables")); 1385 return NULL; 1386 } 1387 *semicolon = 1; 1388 } 1389 else if (*p != ',') 1390 { 1391 EMSG2(_(e_invarg2), p); 1392 return NULL; 1393 } 1394 } 1395 return p + 1; 1396 } 1397 else 1398 return skip_var_one(arg); 1399 } 1400 1401 /* 1402 * Skip one (assignable) variable name, including @r, $VAR, &option, d.key, 1403 * l[idx]. 1404 */ 1405 static char_u * 1406 skip_var_one(char_u *arg) 1407 { 1408 if (*arg == '@' && arg[1] != NUL) 1409 return arg + 2; 1410 return find_name_end(*arg == '$' || *arg == '&' ? arg + 1 : arg, 1411 NULL, NULL, FNE_INCL_BR | FNE_CHECK_START); 1412 } 1413 1414 /* 1415 * List variables for hashtab "ht" with prefix "prefix". 1416 * If "empty" is TRUE also list NULL strings as empty strings. 1417 */ 1418 void 1419 list_hashtable_vars( 1420 hashtab_T *ht, 1421 char_u *prefix, 1422 int empty, 1423 int *first) 1424 { 1425 hashitem_T *hi; 1426 dictitem_T *di; 1427 int todo; 1428 char_u buf[IOSIZE]; 1429 1430 todo = (int)ht->ht_used; 1431 for (hi = ht->ht_array; todo > 0 && !got_int; ++hi) 1432 { 1433 if (!HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi)) 1434 { 1435 --todo; 1436 di = HI2DI(hi); 1437 1438 // apply :filter /pat/ to variable name 1439 vim_strncpy((char_u *) buf, prefix, IOSIZE - 1); 1440 vim_strcat((char_u *) buf, di->di_key, IOSIZE); 1441 if (message_filtered(buf)) 1442 continue; 1443 1444 if (empty || di->di_tv.v_type != VAR_STRING 1445 || di->di_tv.vval.v_string != NULL) 1446 list_one_var(di, prefix, first); 1447 } 1448 } 1449 } 1450 1451 /* 1452 * List global variables. 1453 */ 1454 static void 1455 list_glob_vars(int *first) 1456 { 1457 list_hashtable_vars(&globvarht, (char_u *)"", TRUE, first); 1458 } 1459 1460 /* 1461 * List buffer variables. 1462 */ 1463 static void 1464 list_buf_vars(int *first) 1465 { 1466 list_hashtable_vars(&curbuf->b_vars->dv_hashtab, (char_u *)"b:", 1467 TRUE, first); 1468 } 1469 1470 /* 1471 * List window variables. 1472 */ 1473 static void 1474 list_win_vars(int *first) 1475 { 1476 list_hashtable_vars(&curwin->w_vars->dv_hashtab, 1477 (char_u *)"w:", TRUE, first); 1478 } 1479 1480 /* 1481 * List tab page variables. 1482 */ 1483 static void 1484 list_tab_vars(int *first) 1485 { 1486 list_hashtable_vars(&curtab->tp_vars->dv_hashtab, 1487 (char_u *)"t:", TRUE, first); 1488 } 1489 1490 /* 1491 * List Vim variables. 1492 */ 1493 static void 1494 list_vim_vars(int *first) 1495 { 1496 list_hashtable_vars(&vimvarht, (char_u *)"v:", FALSE, first); 1497 } 1498 1499 /* 1500 * List script-local variables, if there is a script. 1501 */ 1502 static void 1503 list_script_vars(int *first) 1504 { 1505 if (current_sctx.sc_sid > 0 && current_sctx.sc_sid <= ga_scripts.ga_len) 1506 list_hashtable_vars(&SCRIPT_VARS(current_sctx.sc_sid), 1507 (char_u *)"s:", FALSE, first); 1508 } 1509 1510 /* 1511 * List variables in "arg". 1512 */ 1513 static char_u * 1514 list_arg_vars(exarg_T *eap, char_u *arg, int *first) 1515 { 1516 int error = FALSE; 1517 int len; 1518 char_u *name; 1519 char_u *name_start; 1520 char_u *arg_subsc; 1521 char_u *tofree; 1522 typval_T tv; 1523 1524 while (!ends_excmd(*arg) && !got_int) 1525 { 1526 if (error || eap->skip) 1527 { 1528 arg = find_name_end(arg, NULL, NULL, FNE_INCL_BR | FNE_CHECK_START); 1529 if (!VIM_ISWHITE(*arg) && !ends_excmd(*arg)) 1530 { 1531 emsg_severe = TRUE; 1532 EMSG(_(e_trailing)); 1533 break; 1534 } 1535 } 1536 else 1537 { 1538 /* get_name_len() takes care of expanding curly braces */ 1539 name_start = name = arg; 1540 len = get_name_len(&arg, &tofree, TRUE, TRUE); 1541 if (len <= 0) 1542 { 1543 /* This is mainly to keep test 49 working: when expanding 1544 * curly braces fails overrule the exception error message. */ 1545 if (len < 0 && !aborting()) 1546 { 1547 emsg_severe = TRUE; 1548 EMSG2(_(e_invarg2), arg); 1549 break; 1550 } 1551 error = TRUE; 1552 } 1553 else 1554 { 1555 if (tofree != NULL) 1556 name = tofree; 1557 if (get_var_tv(name, len, &tv, NULL, TRUE, FALSE) == FAIL) 1558 error = TRUE; 1559 else 1560 { 1561 /* handle d.key, l[idx], f(expr) */ 1562 arg_subsc = arg; 1563 if (handle_subscript(&arg, &tv, TRUE, TRUE) == FAIL) 1564 error = TRUE; 1565 else 1566 { 1567 if (arg == arg_subsc && len == 2 && name[1] == ':') 1568 { 1569 switch (*name) 1570 { 1571 case 'g': list_glob_vars(first); break; 1572 case 'b': list_buf_vars(first); break; 1573 case 'w': list_win_vars(first); break; 1574 case 't': list_tab_vars(first); break; 1575 case 'v': list_vim_vars(first); break; 1576 case 's': list_script_vars(first); break; 1577 case 'l': list_func_vars(first); break; 1578 default: 1579 EMSG2(_("E738: Can't list variables for %s"), name); 1580 } 1581 } 1582 else 1583 { 1584 char_u numbuf[NUMBUFLEN]; 1585 char_u *tf; 1586 int c; 1587 char_u *s; 1588 1589 s = echo_string(&tv, &tf, numbuf, 0); 1590 c = *arg; 1591 *arg = NUL; 1592 list_one_var_a((char_u *)"", 1593 arg == arg_subsc ? name : name_start, 1594 tv.v_type, 1595 s == NULL ? (char_u *)"" : s, 1596 first); 1597 *arg = c; 1598 vim_free(tf); 1599 } 1600 clear_tv(&tv); 1601 } 1602 } 1603 } 1604 1605 vim_free(tofree); 1606 } 1607 1608 arg = skipwhite(arg); 1609 } 1610 1611 return arg; 1612 } 1613 1614 /* 1615 * Set one item of ":let var = expr" or ":let [v1, v2] = list" to its value. 1616 * Returns a pointer to the char just after the var name. 1617 * Returns NULL if there is an error. 1618 */ 1619 static char_u * 1620 ex_let_one( 1621 char_u *arg, /* points to variable name */ 1622 typval_T *tv, /* value to assign to variable */ 1623 int copy, /* copy value from "tv" */ 1624 char_u *endchars, /* valid chars after variable name or NULL */ 1625 char_u *op) /* "+", "-", "." or NULL*/ 1626 { 1627 int c1; 1628 char_u *name; 1629 char_u *p; 1630 char_u *arg_end = NULL; 1631 int len; 1632 int opt_flags; 1633 char_u *tofree = NULL; 1634 1635 /* 1636 * ":let $VAR = expr": Set environment variable. 1637 */ 1638 if (*arg == '$') 1639 { 1640 /* Find the end of the name. */ 1641 ++arg; 1642 name = arg; 1643 len = get_env_len(&arg); 1644 if (len == 0) 1645 EMSG2(_(e_invarg2), name - 1); 1646 else 1647 { 1648 if (op != NULL && (*op == '+' || *op == '-')) 1649 EMSG2(_(e_letwrong), op); 1650 else if (endchars != NULL 1651 && vim_strchr(endchars, *skipwhite(arg)) == NULL) 1652 EMSG(_(e_letunexp)); 1653 else if (!check_secure()) 1654 { 1655 c1 = name[len]; 1656 name[len] = NUL; 1657 p = get_tv_string_chk(tv); 1658 if (p != NULL && op != NULL && *op == '.') 1659 { 1660 int mustfree = FALSE; 1661 char_u *s = vim_getenv(name, &mustfree); 1662 1663 if (s != NULL) 1664 { 1665 p = tofree = concat_str(s, p); 1666 if (mustfree) 1667 vim_free(s); 1668 } 1669 } 1670 if (p != NULL) 1671 { 1672 vim_setenv(name, p); 1673 if (STRICMP(name, "HOME") == 0) 1674 init_homedir(); 1675 else if (didset_vim && STRICMP(name, "VIM") == 0) 1676 didset_vim = FALSE; 1677 else if (didset_vimruntime 1678 && STRICMP(name, "VIMRUNTIME") == 0) 1679 didset_vimruntime = FALSE; 1680 arg_end = arg; 1681 } 1682 name[len] = c1; 1683 vim_free(tofree); 1684 } 1685 } 1686 } 1687 1688 /* 1689 * ":let &option = expr": Set option value. 1690 * ":let &l:option = expr": Set local option value. 1691 * ":let &g:option = expr": Set global option value. 1692 */ 1693 else if (*arg == '&') 1694 { 1695 /* Find the end of the name. */ 1696 p = find_option_end(&arg, &opt_flags); 1697 if (p == NULL || (endchars != NULL 1698 && vim_strchr(endchars, *skipwhite(p)) == NULL)) 1699 EMSG(_(e_letunexp)); 1700 else 1701 { 1702 long n; 1703 int opt_type; 1704 long numval; 1705 char_u *stringval = NULL; 1706 char_u *s; 1707 1708 c1 = *p; 1709 *p = NUL; 1710 1711 n = (long)get_tv_number(tv); 1712 s = get_tv_string_chk(tv); /* != NULL if number or string */ 1713 if (s != NULL && op != NULL && *op != '=') 1714 { 1715 opt_type = get_option_value(arg, &numval, 1716 &stringval, opt_flags); 1717 if ((opt_type == 1 && *op == '.') 1718 || (opt_type == 0 && *op != '.')) 1719 { 1720 EMSG2(_(e_letwrong), op); 1721 s = NULL; /* don't set the value */ 1722 } 1723 else 1724 { 1725 if (opt_type == 1) /* number */ 1726 { 1727 if (*op == '+') 1728 n = numval + n; 1729 else 1730 n = numval - n; 1731 } 1732 else if (opt_type == 0 && stringval != NULL) /* string */ 1733 { 1734 s = concat_str(stringval, s); 1735 vim_free(stringval); 1736 stringval = s; 1737 } 1738 } 1739 } 1740 if (s != NULL) 1741 { 1742 set_option_value(arg, n, s, opt_flags); 1743 arg_end = p; 1744 } 1745 *p = c1; 1746 vim_free(stringval); 1747 } 1748 } 1749 1750 /* 1751 * ":let @r = expr": Set register contents. 1752 */ 1753 else if (*arg == '@') 1754 { 1755 ++arg; 1756 if (op != NULL && (*op == '+' || *op == '-')) 1757 EMSG2(_(e_letwrong), op); 1758 else if (endchars != NULL 1759 && vim_strchr(endchars, *skipwhite(arg + 1)) == NULL) 1760 EMSG(_(e_letunexp)); 1761 else 1762 { 1763 char_u *ptofree = NULL; 1764 char_u *s; 1765 1766 p = get_tv_string_chk(tv); 1767 if (p != NULL && op != NULL && *op == '.') 1768 { 1769 s = get_reg_contents(*arg == '@' ? '"' : *arg, GREG_EXPR_SRC); 1770 if (s != NULL) 1771 { 1772 p = ptofree = concat_str(s, p); 1773 vim_free(s); 1774 } 1775 } 1776 if (p != NULL) 1777 { 1778 write_reg_contents(*arg == '@' ? '"' : *arg, p, -1, FALSE); 1779 arg_end = arg + 1; 1780 } 1781 vim_free(ptofree); 1782 } 1783 } 1784 1785 /* 1786 * ":let var = expr": Set internal variable. 1787 * ":let {expr} = expr": Idem, name made with curly braces 1788 */ 1789 else if (eval_isnamec1(*arg) || *arg == '{') 1790 { 1791 lval_T lv; 1792 1793 p = get_lval(arg, tv, &lv, FALSE, FALSE, 0, FNE_CHECK_START); 1794 if (p != NULL && lv.ll_name != NULL) 1795 { 1796 if (endchars != NULL && vim_strchr(endchars, *skipwhite(p)) == NULL) 1797 EMSG(_(e_letunexp)); 1798 else 1799 { 1800 set_var_lval(&lv, p, tv, copy, op); 1801 arg_end = p; 1802 } 1803 } 1804 clear_lval(&lv); 1805 } 1806 1807 else 1808 EMSG2(_(e_invarg2), arg); 1809 1810 return arg_end; 1811 } 1812 1813 /* 1814 * Get an lval: variable, Dict item or List item that can be assigned a value 1815 * to: "name", "na{me}", "name[expr]", "name[expr:expr]", "name[expr][expr]", 1816 * "name.key", "name.key[expr]" etc. 1817 * Indexing only works if "name" is an existing List or Dictionary. 1818 * "name" points to the start of the name. 1819 * If "rettv" is not NULL it points to the value to be assigned. 1820 * "unlet" is TRUE for ":unlet": slightly different behavior when something is 1821 * wrong; must end in space or cmd separator. 1822 * 1823 * flags: 1824 * GLV_QUIET: do not give error messages 1825 * GLV_READ_ONLY: will not change the variable 1826 * GLV_NO_AUTOLOAD: do not use script autoloading 1827 * 1828 * Returns a pointer to just after the name, including indexes. 1829 * When an evaluation error occurs "lp->ll_name" is NULL; 1830 * Returns NULL for a parsing error. Still need to free items in "lp"! 1831 */ 1832 char_u * 1833 get_lval( 1834 char_u *name, 1835 typval_T *rettv, 1836 lval_T *lp, 1837 int unlet, 1838 int skip, 1839 int flags, /* GLV_ values */ 1840 int fne_flags) /* flags for find_name_end() */ 1841 { 1842 char_u *p; 1843 char_u *expr_start, *expr_end; 1844 int cc; 1845 dictitem_T *v; 1846 typval_T var1; 1847 typval_T var2; 1848 int empty1 = FALSE; 1849 listitem_T *ni; 1850 char_u *key = NULL; 1851 int len; 1852 hashtab_T *ht; 1853 int quiet = flags & GLV_QUIET; 1854 1855 /* Clear everything in "lp". */ 1856 vim_memset(lp, 0, sizeof(lval_T)); 1857 1858 if (skip) 1859 { 1860 /* When skipping just find the end of the name. */ 1861 lp->ll_name = name; 1862 return find_name_end(name, NULL, NULL, FNE_INCL_BR | fne_flags); 1863 } 1864 1865 /* Find the end of the name. */ 1866 p = find_name_end(name, &expr_start, &expr_end, fne_flags); 1867 if (expr_start != NULL) 1868 { 1869 /* Don't expand the name when we already know there is an error. */ 1870 if (unlet && !VIM_ISWHITE(*p) && !ends_excmd(*p) 1871 && *p != '[' && *p != '.') 1872 { 1873 EMSG(_(e_trailing)); 1874 return NULL; 1875 } 1876 1877 lp->ll_exp_name = make_expanded_name(name, expr_start, expr_end, p); 1878 if (lp->ll_exp_name == NULL) 1879 { 1880 /* Report an invalid expression in braces, unless the 1881 * expression evaluation has been cancelled due to an 1882 * aborting error, an interrupt, or an exception. */ 1883 if (!aborting() && !quiet) 1884 { 1885 emsg_severe = TRUE; 1886 EMSG2(_(e_invarg2), name); 1887 return NULL; 1888 } 1889 } 1890 lp->ll_name = lp->ll_exp_name; 1891 } 1892 else 1893 lp->ll_name = name; 1894 1895 /* Without [idx] or .key we are done. */ 1896 if ((*p != '[' && *p != '.') || lp->ll_name == NULL) 1897 return p; 1898 1899 cc = *p; 1900 *p = NUL; 1901 /* Only pass &ht when we would write to the variable, it prevents autoload 1902 * as well. */ 1903 v = find_var(lp->ll_name, (flags & GLV_READ_ONLY) ? NULL : &ht, 1904 flags & GLV_NO_AUTOLOAD); 1905 if (v == NULL && !quiet) 1906 EMSG2(_(e_undefvar), lp->ll_name); 1907 *p = cc; 1908 if (v == NULL) 1909 return NULL; 1910 1911 /* 1912 * Loop until no more [idx] or .key is following. 1913 */ 1914 lp->ll_tv = &v->di_tv; 1915 var1.v_type = VAR_UNKNOWN; 1916 var2.v_type = VAR_UNKNOWN; 1917 while (*p == '[' || (*p == '.' && lp->ll_tv->v_type == VAR_DICT)) 1918 { 1919 if (!(lp->ll_tv->v_type == VAR_LIST && lp->ll_tv->vval.v_list != NULL) 1920 && !(lp->ll_tv->v_type == VAR_DICT 1921 && lp->ll_tv->vval.v_dict != NULL)) 1922 { 1923 if (!quiet) 1924 EMSG(_("E689: Can only index a List or Dictionary")); 1925 return NULL; 1926 } 1927 if (lp->ll_range) 1928 { 1929 if (!quiet) 1930 EMSG(_("E708: [:] must come last")); 1931 return NULL; 1932 } 1933 1934 len = -1; 1935 if (*p == '.') 1936 { 1937 key = p + 1; 1938 for (len = 0; ASCII_ISALNUM(key[len]) || key[len] == '_'; ++len) 1939 ; 1940 if (len == 0) 1941 { 1942 if (!quiet) 1943 EMSG(_(e_emptykey)); 1944 return NULL; 1945 } 1946 p = key + len; 1947 } 1948 else 1949 { 1950 /* Get the index [expr] or the first index [expr: ]. */ 1951 p = skipwhite(p + 1); 1952 if (*p == ':') 1953 empty1 = TRUE; 1954 else 1955 { 1956 empty1 = FALSE; 1957 if (eval1(&p, &var1, TRUE) == FAIL) /* recursive! */ 1958 return NULL; 1959 if (get_tv_string_chk(&var1) == NULL) 1960 { 1961 /* not a number or string */ 1962 clear_tv(&var1); 1963 return NULL; 1964 } 1965 } 1966 1967 /* Optionally get the second index [ :expr]. */ 1968 if (*p == ':') 1969 { 1970 if (lp->ll_tv->v_type == VAR_DICT) 1971 { 1972 if (!quiet) 1973 EMSG(_(e_dictrange)); 1974 clear_tv(&var1); 1975 return NULL; 1976 } 1977 if (rettv != NULL && (rettv->v_type != VAR_LIST 1978 || rettv->vval.v_list == NULL)) 1979 { 1980 if (!quiet) 1981 EMSG(_("E709: [:] requires a List value")); 1982 clear_tv(&var1); 1983 return NULL; 1984 } 1985 p = skipwhite(p + 1); 1986 if (*p == ']') 1987 lp->ll_empty2 = TRUE; 1988 else 1989 { 1990 lp->ll_empty2 = FALSE; 1991 if (eval1(&p, &var2, TRUE) == FAIL) /* recursive! */ 1992 { 1993 clear_tv(&var1); 1994 return NULL; 1995 } 1996 if (get_tv_string_chk(&var2) == NULL) 1997 { 1998 /* not a number or string */ 1999 clear_tv(&var1); 2000 clear_tv(&var2); 2001 return NULL; 2002 } 2003 } 2004 lp->ll_range = TRUE; 2005 } 2006 else 2007 lp->ll_range = FALSE; 2008 2009 if (*p != ']') 2010 { 2011 if (!quiet) 2012 EMSG(_(e_missbrac)); 2013 clear_tv(&var1); 2014 clear_tv(&var2); 2015 return NULL; 2016 } 2017 2018 /* Skip to past ']'. */ 2019 ++p; 2020 } 2021 2022 if (lp->ll_tv->v_type == VAR_DICT) 2023 { 2024 if (len == -1) 2025 { 2026 /* "[key]": get key from "var1" */ 2027 key = get_tv_string_chk(&var1); /* is number or string */ 2028 if (key == NULL) 2029 { 2030 clear_tv(&var1); 2031 return NULL; 2032 } 2033 } 2034 lp->ll_list = NULL; 2035 lp->ll_dict = lp->ll_tv->vval.v_dict; 2036 lp->ll_di = dict_find(lp->ll_dict, key, len); 2037 2038 /* When assigning to a scope dictionary check that a function and 2039 * variable name is valid (only variable name unless it is l: or 2040 * g: dictionary). Disallow overwriting a builtin function. */ 2041 if (rettv != NULL && lp->ll_dict->dv_scope != 0) 2042 { 2043 int prevval; 2044 int wrong; 2045 2046 if (len != -1) 2047 { 2048 prevval = key[len]; 2049 key[len] = NUL; 2050 } 2051 else 2052 prevval = 0; /* avoid compiler warning */ 2053 wrong = (lp->ll_dict->dv_scope == VAR_DEF_SCOPE 2054 && rettv->v_type == VAR_FUNC 2055 && var_check_func_name(key, lp->ll_di == NULL)) 2056 || !valid_varname(key); 2057 if (len != -1) 2058 key[len] = prevval; 2059 if (wrong) 2060 return NULL; 2061 } 2062 2063 if (lp->ll_di == NULL) 2064 { 2065 /* Can't add "v:" variable. */ 2066 if (lp->ll_dict == &vimvardict) 2067 { 2068 EMSG2(_(e_illvar), name); 2069 return NULL; 2070 } 2071 2072 /* Key does not exist in dict: may need to add it. */ 2073 if (*p == '[' || *p == '.' || unlet) 2074 { 2075 if (!quiet) 2076 EMSG2(_(e_dictkey), key); 2077 clear_tv(&var1); 2078 return NULL; 2079 } 2080 if (len == -1) 2081 lp->ll_newkey = vim_strsave(key); 2082 else 2083 lp->ll_newkey = vim_strnsave(key, len); 2084 clear_tv(&var1); 2085 if (lp->ll_newkey == NULL) 2086 p = NULL; 2087 break; 2088 } 2089 /* existing variable, need to check if it can be changed */ 2090 else if ((flags & GLV_READ_ONLY) == 0 2091 && var_check_ro(lp->ll_di->di_flags, name, FALSE)) 2092 { 2093 clear_tv(&var1); 2094 return NULL; 2095 } 2096 2097 clear_tv(&var1); 2098 lp->ll_tv = &lp->ll_di->di_tv; 2099 } 2100 else 2101 { 2102 /* 2103 * Get the number and item for the only or first index of the List. 2104 */ 2105 if (empty1) 2106 lp->ll_n1 = 0; 2107 else 2108 /* is number or string */ 2109 lp->ll_n1 = (long)get_tv_number(&var1); 2110 clear_tv(&var1); 2111 2112 lp->ll_dict = NULL; 2113 lp->ll_list = lp->ll_tv->vval.v_list; 2114 lp->ll_li = list_find(lp->ll_list, lp->ll_n1); 2115 if (lp->ll_li == NULL) 2116 { 2117 if (lp->ll_n1 < 0) 2118 { 2119 lp->ll_n1 = 0; 2120 lp->ll_li = list_find(lp->ll_list, lp->ll_n1); 2121 } 2122 } 2123 if (lp->ll_li == NULL) 2124 { 2125 clear_tv(&var2); 2126 if (!quiet) 2127 EMSGN(_(e_listidx), lp->ll_n1); 2128 return NULL; 2129 } 2130 2131 /* 2132 * May need to find the item or absolute index for the second 2133 * index of a range. 2134 * When no index given: "lp->ll_empty2" is TRUE. 2135 * Otherwise "lp->ll_n2" is set to the second index. 2136 */ 2137 if (lp->ll_range && !lp->ll_empty2) 2138 { 2139 lp->ll_n2 = (long)get_tv_number(&var2); 2140 /* is number or string */ 2141 clear_tv(&var2); 2142 if (lp->ll_n2 < 0) 2143 { 2144 ni = list_find(lp->ll_list, lp->ll_n2); 2145 if (ni == NULL) 2146 { 2147 if (!quiet) 2148 EMSGN(_(e_listidx), lp->ll_n2); 2149 return NULL; 2150 } 2151 lp->ll_n2 = list_idx_of_item(lp->ll_list, ni); 2152 } 2153 2154 /* Check that lp->ll_n2 isn't before lp->ll_n1. */ 2155 if (lp->ll_n1 < 0) 2156 lp->ll_n1 = list_idx_of_item(lp->ll_list, lp->ll_li); 2157 if (lp->ll_n2 < lp->ll_n1) 2158 { 2159 if (!quiet) 2160 EMSGN(_(e_listidx), lp->ll_n2); 2161 return NULL; 2162 } 2163 } 2164 2165 lp->ll_tv = &lp->ll_li->li_tv; 2166 } 2167 } 2168 2169 clear_tv(&var1); 2170 return p; 2171 } 2172 2173 /* 2174 * Clear lval "lp" that was filled by get_lval(). 2175 */ 2176 void 2177 clear_lval(lval_T *lp) 2178 { 2179 vim_free(lp->ll_exp_name); 2180 vim_free(lp->ll_newkey); 2181 } 2182 2183 /* 2184 * Set a variable that was parsed by get_lval() to "rettv". 2185 * "endp" points to just after the parsed name. 2186 * "op" is NULL, "+" for "+=", "-" for "-=", "." for ".=" or "=" for "=". 2187 */ 2188 static void 2189 set_var_lval( 2190 lval_T *lp, 2191 char_u *endp, 2192 typval_T *rettv, 2193 int copy, 2194 char_u *op) 2195 { 2196 int cc; 2197 listitem_T *ri; 2198 dictitem_T *di; 2199 2200 if (lp->ll_tv == NULL) 2201 { 2202 cc = *endp; 2203 *endp = NUL; 2204 if (op != NULL && *op != '=') 2205 { 2206 typval_T tv; 2207 2208 /* handle +=, -= and .= */ 2209 di = NULL; 2210 if (get_var_tv(lp->ll_name, (int)STRLEN(lp->ll_name), 2211 &tv, &di, TRUE, FALSE) == OK) 2212 { 2213 if ((di == NULL 2214 || (!var_check_ro(di->di_flags, lp->ll_name, FALSE) 2215 && !tv_check_lock(di->di_tv.v_lock, lp->ll_name, 2216 FALSE))) 2217 && tv_op(&tv, rettv, op) == OK) 2218 set_var(lp->ll_name, &tv, FALSE); 2219 clear_tv(&tv); 2220 } 2221 } 2222 else 2223 set_var(lp->ll_name, rettv, copy); 2224 *endp = cc; 2225 } 2226 else if (tv_check_lock(lp->ll_newkey == NULL 2227 ? lp->ll_tv->v_lock 2228 : lp->ll_tv->vval.v_dict->dv_lock, lp->ll_name, FALSE)) 2229 ; 2230 else if (lp->ll_range) 2231 { 2232 listitem_T *ll_li = lp->ll_li; 2233 int ll_n1 = lp->ll_n1; 2234 2235 /* 2236 * Check whether any of the list items is locked 2237 */ 2238 for (ri = rettv->vval.v_list->lv_first; ri != NULL && ll_li != NULL; ) 2239 { 2240 if (tv_check_lock(ll_li->li_tv.v_lock, lp->ll_name, FALSE)) 2241 return; 2242 ri = ri->li_next; 2243 if (ri == NULL || (!lp->ll_empty2 && lp->ll_n2 == ll_n1)) 2244 break; 2245 ll_li = ll_li->li_next; 2246 ++ll_n1; 2247 } 2248 2249 /* 2250 * Assign the List values to the list items. 2251 */ 2252 for (ri = rettv->vval.v_list->lv_first; ri != NULL; ) 2253 { 2254 if (op != NULL && *op != '=') 2255 tv_op(&lp->ll_li->li_tv, &ri->li_tv, op); 2256 else 2257 { 2258 clear_tv(&lp->ll_li->li_tv); 2259 copy_tv(&ri->li_tv, &lp->ll_li->li_tv); 2260 } 2261 ri = ri->li_next; 2262 if (ri == NULL || (!lp->ll_empty2 && lp->ll_n2 == lp->ll_n1)) 2263 break; 2264 if (lp->ll_li->li_next == NULL) 2265 { 2266 /* Need to add an empty item. */ 2267 if (list_append_number(lp->ll_list, 0) == FAIL) 2268 { 2269 ri = NULL; 2270 break; 2271 } 2272 } 2273 lp->ll_li = lp->ll_li->li_next; 2274 ++lp->ll_n1; 2275 } 2276 if (ri != NULL) 2277 EMSG(_("E710: List value has more items than target")); 2278 else if (lp->ll_empty2 2279 ? (lp->ll_li != NULL && lp->ll_li->li_next != NULL) 2280 : lp->ll_n1 != lp->ll_n2) 2281 EMSG(_("E711: List value has not enough items")); 2282 } 2283 else 2284 { 2285 /* 2286 * Assign to a List or Dictionary item. 2287 */ 2288 if (lp->ll_newkey != NULL) 2289 { 2290 if (op != NULL && *op != '=') 2291 { 2292 EMSG2(_(e_letwrong), op); 2293 return; 2294 } 2295 2296 /* Need to add an item to the Dictionary. */ 2297 di = dictitem_alloc(lp->ll_newkey); 2298 if (di == NULL) 2299 return; 2300 if (dict_add(lp->ll_tv->vval.v_dict, di) == FAIL) 2301 { 2302 vim_free(di); 2303 return; 2304 } 2305 lp->ll_tv = &di->di_tv; 2306 } 2307 else if (op != NULL && *op != '=') 2308 { 2309 tv_op(lp->ll_tv, rettv, op); 2310 return; 2311 } 2312 else 2313 clear_tv(lp->ll_tv); 2314 2315 /* 2316 * Assign the value to the variable or list item. 2317 */ 2318 if (copy) 2319 copy_tv(rettv, lp->ll_tv); 2320 else 2321 { 2322 *lp->ll_tv = *rettv; 2323 lp->ll_tv->v_lock = 0; 2324 init_tv(rettv); 2325 } 2326 } 2327 } 2328 2329 /* 2330 * Handle "tv1 += tv2", "tv1 -= tv2" and "tv1 .= tv2" 2331 * Returns OK or FAIL. 2332 */ 2333 static int 2334 tv_op(typval_T *tv1, typval_T *tv2, char_u *op) 2335 { 2336 varnumber_T n; 2337 char_u numbuf[NUMBUFLEN]; 2338 char_u *s; 2339 2340 /* Can't do anything with a Funcref, Dict, v:true on the right. */ 2341 if (tv2->v_type != VAR_FUNC && tv2->v_type != VAR_DICT 2342 && tv2->v_type != VAR_SPECIAL) 2343 { 2344 switch (tv1->v_type) 2345 { 2346 case VAR_UNKNOWN: 2347 case VAR_DICT: 2348 case VAR_FUNC: 2349 case VAR_PARTIAL: 2350 case VAR_SPECIAL: 2351 case VAR_JOB: 2352 case VAR_CHANNEL: 2353 break; 2354 2355 case VAR_LIST: 2356 if (*op != '+' || tv2->v_type != VAR_LIST) 2357 break; 2358 /* List += List */ 2359 if (tv1->vval.v_list != NULL && tv2->vval.v_list != NULL) 2360 list_extend(tv1->vval.v_list, tv2->vval.v_list, NULL); 2361 return OK; 2362 2363 case VAR_NUMBER: 2364 case VAR_STRING: 2365 if (tv2->v_type == VAR_LIST) 2366 break; 2367 if (*op == '+' || *op == '-') 2368 { 2369 /* nr += nr or nr -= nr*/ 2370 n = get_tv_number(tv1); 2371 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 2372 if (tv2->v_type == VAR_FLOAT) 2373 { 2374 float_T f = n; 2375 2376 if (*op == '+') 2377 f += tv2->vval.v_float; 2378 else 2379 f -= tv2->vval.v_float; 2380 clear_tv(tv1); 2381 tv1->v_type = VAR_FLOAT; 2382 tv1->vval.v_float = f; 2383 } 2384 else 2385 #endif 2386 { 2387 if (*op == '+') 2388 n += get_tv_number(tv2); 2389 else 2390 n -= get_tv_number(tv2); 2391 clear_tv(tv1); 2392 tv1->v_type = VAR_NUMBER; 2393 tv1->vval.v_number = n; 2394 } 2395 } 2396 else 2397 { 2398 if (tv2->v_type == VAR_FLOAT) 2399 break; 2400 2401 /* str .= str */ 2402 s = get_tv_string(tv1); 2403 s = concat_str(s, get_tv_string_buf(tv2, numbuf)); 2404 clear_tv(tv1); 2405 tv1->v_type = VAR_STRING; 2406 tv1->vval.v_string = s; 2407 } 2408 return OK; 2409 2410 case VAR_FLOAT: 2411 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 2412 { 2413 float_T f; 2414 2415 if (*op == '.' || (tv2->v_type != VAR_FLOAT 2416 && tv2->v_type != VAR_NUMBER 2417 && tv2->v_type != VAR_STRING)) 2418 break; 2419 if (tv2->v_type == VAR_FLOAT) 2420 f = tv2->vval.v_float; 2421 else 2422 f = get_tv_number(tv2); 2423 if (*op == '+') 2424 tv1->vval.v_float += f; 2425 else 2426 tv1->vval.v_float -= f; 2427 } 2428 #endif 2429 return OK; 2430 } 2431 } 2432 2433 EMSG2(_(e_letwrong), op); 2434 return FAIL; 2435 } 2436 2437 /* 2438 * Evaluate the expression used in a ":for var in expr" command. 2439 * "arg" points to "var". 2440 * Set "*errp" to TRUE for an error, FALSE otherwise; 2441 * Return a pointer that holds the info. Null when there is an error. 2442 */ 2443 void * 2444 eval_for_line( 2445 char_u *arg, 2446 int *errp, 2447 char_u **nextcmdp, 2448 int skip) 2449 { 2450 forinfo_T *fi; 2451 char_u *expr; 2452 typval_T tv; 2453 list_T *l; 2454 2455 *errp = TRUE; /* default: there is an error */ 2456 2457 fi = (forinfo_T *)alloc_clear(sizeof(forinfo_T)); 2458 if (fi == NULL) 2459 return NULL; 2460 2461 expr = skip_var_list(arg, &fi->fi_varcount, &fi->fi_semicolon); 2462 if (expr == NULL) 2463 return fi; 2464 2465 expr = skipwhite(expr); 2466 if (expr[0] != 'i' || expr[1] != 'n' || !VIM_ISWHITE(expr[2])) 2467 { 2468 EMSG(_("E690: Missing \"in\" after :for")); 2469 return fi; 2470 } 2471 2472 if (skip) 2473 ++emsg_skip; 2474 if (eval0(skipwhite(expr + 2), &tv, nextcmdp, !skip) == OK) 2475 { 2476 *errp = FALSE; 2477 if (!skip) 2478 { 2479 l = tv.vval.v_list; 2480 if (tv.v_type != VAR_LIST) 2481 { 2482 EMSG(_(e_listreq)); 2483 clear_tv(&tv); 2484 } 2485 else if (l == NULL) 2486 { 2487 /* a null list is like an empty list: do nothing */ 2488 clear_tv(&tv); 2489 } 2490 else 2491 { 2492 /* No need to increment the refcount, it's already set for the 2493 * list being used in "tv". */ 2494 fi->fi_list = l; 2495 list_add_watch(l, &fi->fi_lw); 2496 fi->fi_lw.lw_item = l->lv_first; 2497 } 2498 } 2499 } 2500 if (skip) 2501 --emsg_skip; 2502 2503 return fi; 2504 } 2505 2506 /* 2507 * Use the first item in a ":for" list. Advance to the next. 2508 * Assign the values to the variable (list). "arg" points to the first one. 2509 * Return TRUE when a valid item was found, FALSE when at end of list or 2510 * something wrong. 2511 */ 2512 int 2513 next_for_item(void *fi_void, char_u *arg) 2514 { 2515 forinfo_T *fi = (forinfo_T *)fi_void; 2516 int result; 2517 listitem_T *item; 2518 2519 item = fi->fi_lw.lw_item; 2520 if (item == NULL) 2521 result = FALSE; 2522 else 2523 { 2524 fi->fi_lw.lw_item = item->li_next; 2525 result = (ex_let_vars(arg, &item->li_tv, TRUE, 2526 fi->fi_semicolon, fi->fi_varcount, NULL) == OK); 2527 } 2528 return result; 2529 } 2530 2531 /* 2532 * Free the structure used to store info used by ":for". 2533 */ 2534 void 2535 free_for_info(void *fi_void) 2536 { 2537 forinfo_T *fi = (forinfo_T *)fi_void; 2538 2539 if (fi != NULL && fi->fi_list != NULL) 2540 { 2541 list_rem_watch(fi->fi_list, &fi->fi_lw); 2542 list_unref(fi->fi_list); 2543 } 2544 vim_free(fi); 2545 } 2546 2547 #if defined(FEAT_CMDL_COMPL) || defined(PROTO) 2548 2549 void 2550 set_context_for_expression( 2551 expand_T *xp, 2552 char_u *arg, 2553 cmdidx_T cmdidx) 2554 { 2555 int got_eq = FALSE; 2556 int c; 2557 char_u *p; 2558 2559 if (cmdidx == CMD_let) 2560 { 2561 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_USER_VARS; 2562 if (vim_strpbrk(arg, (char_u *)"\"'+-*/%.=!?~|&$([<>,#") == NULL) 2563 { 2564 /* ":let var1 var2 ...": find last space. */ 2565 for (p = arg + STRLEN(arg); p >= arg; ) 2566 { 2567 xp->xp_pattern = p; 2568 MB_PTR_BACK(arg, p); 2569 if (VIM_ISWHITE(*p)) 2570 break; 2571 } 2572 return; 2573 } 2574 } 2575 else 2576 xp->xp_context = cmdidx == CMD_call ? EXPAND_FUNCTIONS 2577 : EXPAND_EXPRESSION; 2578 while ((xp->xp_pattern = vim_strpbrk(arg, 2579 (char_u *)"\"'+-*/%.=!?~|&$([<>,#")) != NULL) 2580 { 2581 c = *xp->xp_pattern; 2582 if (c == '&') 2583 { 2584 c = xp->xp_pattern[1]; 2585 if (c == '&') 2586 { 2587 ++xp->xp_pattern; 2588 xp->xp_context = cmdidx != CMD_let || got_eq 2589 ? EXPAND_EXPRESSION : EXPAND_NOTHING; 2590 } 2591 else if (c != ' ') 2592 { 2593 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_SETTINGS; 2594 if ((c == 'l' || c == 'g') && xp->xp_pattern[2] == ':') 2595 xp->xp_pattern += 2; 2596 2597 } 2598 } 2599 else if (c == '$') 2600 { 2601 /* environment variable */ 2602 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_ENV_VARS; 2603 } 2604 else if (c == '=') 2605 { 2606 got_eq = TRUE; 2607 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_EXPRESSION; 2608 } 2609 else if (c == '#' 2610 && xp->xp_context == EXPAND_EXPRESSION) 2611 { 2612 /* Autoload function/variable contains '#'. */ 2613 break; 2614 } 2615 else if ((c == '<' || c == '#') 2616 && xp->xp_context == EXPAND_FUNCTIONS 2617 && vim_strchr(xp->xp_pattern, '(') == NULL) 2618 { 2619 /* Function name can start with "<SNR>" and contain '#'. */ 2620 break; 2621 } 2622 else if (cmdidx != CMD_let || got_eq) 2623 { 2624 if (c == '"') /* string */ 2625 { 2626 while ((c = *++xp->xp_pattern) != NUL && c != '"') 2627 if (c == '\\' && xp->xp_pattern[1] != NUL) 2628 ++xp->xp_pattern; 2629 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_NOTHING; 2630 } 2631 else if (c == '\'') /* literal string */ 2632 { 2633 /* Trick: '' is like stopping and starting a literal string. */ 2634 while ((c = *++xp->xp_pattern) != NUL && c != '\'') 2635 /* skip */ ; 2636 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_NOTHING; 2637 } 2638 else if (c == '|') 2639 { 2640 if (xp->xp_pattern[1] == '|') 2641 { 2642 ++xp->xp_pattern; 2643 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_EXPRESSION; 2644 } 2645 else 2646 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_COMMANDS; 2647 } 2648 else 2649 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_EXPRESSION; 2650 } 2651 else 2652 /* Doesn't look like something valid, expand as an expression 2653 * anyway. */ 2654 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_EXPRESSION; 2655 arg = xp->xp_pattern; 2656 if (*arg != NUL) 2657 while ((c = *++arg) != NUL && (c == ' ' || c == '\t')) 2658 /* skip */ ; 2659 } 2660 xp->xp_pattern = arg; 2661 } 2662 2663 #endif /* FEAT_CMDL_COMPL */ 2664 2665 /* 2666 * ":unlet[!] var1 ... " command. 2667 */ 2668 void 2669 ex_unlet(exarg_T *eap) 2670 { 2671 ex_unletlock(eap, eap->arg, 0); 2672 } 2673 2674 /* 2675 * ":lockvar" and ":unlockvar" commands 2676 */ 2677 void 2678 ex_lockvar(exarg_T *eap) 2679 { 2680 char_u *arg = eap->arg; 2681 int deep = 2; 2682 2683 if (eap->forceit) 2684 deep = -1; 2685 else if (vim_isdigit(*arg)) 2686 { 2687 deep = getdigits(&arg); 2688 arg = skipwhite(arg); 2689 } 2690 2691 ex_unletlock(eap, arg, deep); 2692 } 2693 2694 /* 2695 * ":unlet", ":lockvar" and ":unlockvar" are quite similar. 2696 */ 2697 static void 2698 ex_unletlock( 2699 exarg_T *eap, 2700 char_u *argstart, 2701 int deep) 2702 { 2703 char_u *arg = argstart; 2704 char_u *name_end; 2705 int error = FALSE; 2706 lval_T lv; 2707 2708 do 2709 { 2710 if (*arg == '$') 2711 { 2712 char_u *name = ++arg; 2713 2714 if (get_env_len(&arg) == 0) 2715 { 2716 EMSG2(_(e_invarg2), name - 1); 2717 return; 2718 } 2719 vim_unsetenv(name); 2720 arg = skipwhite(arg); 2721 continue; 2722 } 2723 2724 /* Parse the name and find the end. */ 2725 name_end = get_lval(arg, NULL, &lv, TRUE, eap->skip || error, 0, 2726 FNE_CHECK_START); 2727 if (lv.ll_name == NULL) 2728 error = TRUE; /* error but continue parsing */ 2729 if (name_end == NULL || (!VIM_ISWHITE(*name_end) 2730 && !ends_excmd(*name_end))) 2731 { 2732 if (name_end != NULL) 2733 { 2734 emsg_severe = TRUE; 2735 EMSG(_(e_trailing)); 2736 } 2737 if (!(eap->skip || error)) 2738 clear_lval(&lv); 2739 break; 2740 } 2741 2742 if (!error && !eap->skip) 2743 { 2744 if (eap->cmdidx == CMD_unlet) 2745 { 2746 if (do_unlet_var(&lv, name_end, eap->forceit) == FAIL) 2747 error = TRUE; 2748 } 2749 else 2750 { 2751 if (do_lock_var(&lv, name_end, deep, 2752 eap->cmdidx == CMD_lockvar) == FAIL) 2753 error = TRUE; 2754 } 2755 } 2756 2757 if (!eap->skip) 2758 clear_lval(&lv); 2759 2760 arg = skipwhite(name_end); 2761 } while (!ends_excmd(*arg)); 2762 2763 eap->nextcmd = check_nextcmd(arg); 2764 } 2765 2766 static int 2767 do_unlet_var( 2768 lval_T *lp, 2769 char_u *name_end, 2770 int forceit) 2771 { 2772 int ret = OK; 2773 int cc; 2774 2775 if (lp->ll_tv == NULL) 2776 { 2777 cc = *name_end; 2778 *name_end = NUL; 2779 2780 /* Normal name or expanded name. */ 2781 if (do_unlet(lp->ll_name, forceit) == FAIL) 2782 ret = FAIL; 2783 *name_end = cc; 2784 } 2785 else if ((lp->ll_list != NULL 2786 && tv_check_lock(lp->ll_list->lv_lock, lp->ll_name, FALSE)) 2787 || (lp->ll_dict != NULL 2788 && tv_check_lock(lp->ll_dict->dv_lock, lp->ll_name, FALSE))) 2789 return FAIL; 2790 else if (lp->ll_range) 2791 { 2792 listitem_T *li; 2793 listitem_T *ll_li = lp->ll_li; 2794 int ll_n1 = lp->ll_n1; 2795 2796 while (ll_li != NULL && (lp->ll_empty2 || lp->ll_n2 >= ll_n1)) 2797 { 2798 li = ll_li->li_next; 2799 if (tv_check_lock(ll_li->li_tv.v_lock, lp->ll_name, FALSE)) 2800 return FAIL; 2801 ll_li = li; 2802 ++ll_n1; 2803 } 2804 2805 /* Delete a range of List items. */ 2806 while (lp->ll_li != NULL && (lp->ll_empty2 || lp->ll_n2 >= lp->ll_n1)) 2807 { 2808 li = lp->ll_li->li_next; 2809 listitem_remove(lp->ll_list, lp->ll_li); 2810 lp->ll_li = li; 2811 ++lp->ll_n1; 2812 } 2813 } 2814 else 2815 { 2816 if (lp->ll_list != NULL) 2817 /* unlet a List item. */ 2818 listitem_remove(lp->ll_list, lp->ll_li); 2819 else 2820 /* unlet a Dictionary item. */ 2821 dictitem_remove(lp->ll_dict, lp->ll_di); 2822 } 2823 2824 return ret; 2825 } 2826 2827 /* 2828 * "unlet" a variable. Return OK if it existed, FAIL if not. 2829 * When "forceit" is TRUE don't complain if the variable doesn't exist. 2830 */ 2831 int 2832 do_unlet(char_u *name, int forceit) 2833 { 2834 hashtab_T *ht; 2835 hashitem_T *hi; 2836 char_u *varname; 2837 dict_T *d; 2838 dictitem_T *di; 2839 2840 ht = find_var_ht(name, &varname); 2841 if (ht != NULL && *varname != NUL) 2842 { 2843 d = get_current_funccal_dict(ht); 2844 if (d == NULL) 2845 { 2846 if (ht == &globvarht) 2847 d = &globvardict; 2848 else if (ht == &compat_hashtab) 2849 d = &vimvardict; 2850 else 2851 { 2852 di = find_var_in_ht(ht, *name, (char_u *)"", FALSE); 2853 d = di == NULL ? NULL : di->di_tv.vval.v_dict; 2854 } 2855 if (d == NULL) 2856 { 2857 internal_error("do_unlet()"); 2858 return FAIL; 2859 } 2860 } 2861 hi = hash_find(ht, varname); 2862 if (HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi)) 2863 hi = find_hi_in_scoped_ht(name, &ht); 2864 if (hi != NULL && !HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi)) 2865 { 2866 di = HI2DI(hi); 2867 if (var_check_fixed(di->di_flags, name, FALSE) 2868 || var_check_ro(di->di_flags, name, FALSE) 2869 || tv_check_lock(d->dv_lock, name, FALSE)) 2870 return FAIL; 2871 2872 delete_var(ht, hi); 2873 return OK; 2874 } 2875 } 2876 if (forceit) 2877 return OK; 2878 EMSG2(_("E108: No such variable: \"%s\""), name); 2879 return FAIL; 2880 } 2881 2882 /* 2883 * Lock or unlock variable indicated by "lp". 2884 * "deep" is the levels to go (-1 for unlimited); 2885 * "lock" is TRUE for ":lockvar", FALSE for ":unlockvar". 2886 */ 2887 static int 2888 do_lock_var( 2889 lval_T *lp, 2890 char_u *name_end, 2891 int deep, 2892 int lock) 2893 { 2894 int ret = OK; 2895 int cc; 2896 dictitem_T *di; 2897 2898 if (deep == 0) /* nothing to do */ 2899 return OK; 2900 2901 if (lp->ll_tv == NULL) 2902 { 2903 cc = *name_end; 2904 *name_end = NUL; 2905 2906 /* Normal name or expanded name. */ 2907 di = find_var(lp->ll_name, NULL, TRUE); 2908 if (di == NULL) 2909 ret = FAIL; 2910 else if ((di->di_flags & DI_FLAGS_FIX) 2911 && di->di_tv.v_type != VAR_DICT 2912 && di->di_tv.v_type != VAR_LIST) 2913 /* For historic reasons this error is not given for a list or dict. 2914 * E.g., the b: dict could be locked/unlocked. */ 2915 EMSG2(_("E940: Cannot lock or unlock variable %s"), lp->ll_name); 2916 else 2917 { 2918 if (lock) 2919 di->di_flags |= DI_FLAGS_LOCK; 2920 else 2921 di->di_flags &= ~DI_FLAGS_LOCK; 2922 item_lock(&di->di_tv, deep, lock); 2923 } 2924 *name_end = cc; 2925 } 2926 else if (lp->ll_range) 2927 { 2928 listitem_T *li = lp->ll_li; 2929 2930 /* (un)lock a range of List items. */ 2931 while (li != NULL && (lp->ll_empty2 || lp->ll_n2 >= lp->ll_n1)) 2932 { 2933 item_lock(&li->li_tv, deep, lock); 2934 li = li->li_next; 2935 ++lp->ll_n1; 2936 } 2937 } 2938 else if (lp->ll_list != NULL) 2939 /* (un)lock a List item. */ 2940 item_lock(&lp->ll_li->li_tv, deep, lock); 2941 else 2942 /* (un)lock a Dictionary item. */ 2943 item_lock(&lp->ll_di->di_tv, deep, lock); 2944 2945 return ret; 2946 } 2947 2948 /* 2949 * Lock or unlock an item. "deep" is nr of levels to go. 2950 */ 2951 static void 2952 item_lock(typval_T *tv, int deep, int lock) 2953 { 2954 static int recurse = 0; 2955 list_T *l; 2956 listitem_T *li; 2957 dict_T *d; 2958 hashitem_T *hi; 2959 int todo; 2960 2961 if (recurse >= DICT_MAXNEST) 2962 { 2963 EMSG(_("E743: variable nested too deep for (un)lock")); 2964 return; 2965 } 2966 if (deep == 0) 2967 return; 2968 ++recurse; 2969 2970 /* lock/unlock the item itself */ 2971 if (lock) 2972 tv->v_lock |= VAR_LOCKED; 2973 else 2974 tv->v_lock &= ~VAR_LOCKED; 2975 2976 switch (tv->v_type) 2977 { 2978 case VAR_UNKNOWN: 2979 case VAR_NUMBER: 2980 case VAR_STRING: 2981 case VAR_FUNC: 2982 case VAR_PARTIAL: 2983 case VAR_FLOAT: 2984 case VAR_SPECIAL: 2985 case VAR_JOB: 2986 case VAR_CHANNEL: 2987 break; 2988 2989 case VAR_LIST: 2990 if ((l = tv->vval.v_list) != NULL) 2991 { 2992 if (lock) 2993 l->lv_lock |= VAR_LOCKED; 2994 else 2995 l->lv_lock &= ~VAR_LOCKED; 2996 if (deep < 0 || deep > 1) 2997 /* recursive: lock/unlock the items the List contains */ 2998 for (li = l->lv_first; li != NULL; li = li->li_next) 2999 item_lock(&li->li_tv, deep - 1, lock); 3000 } 3001 break; 3002 case VAR_DICT: 3003 if ((d = tv->vval.v_dict) != NULL) 3004 { 3005 if (lock) 3006 d->dv_lock |= VAR_LOCKED; 3007 else 3008 d->dv_lock &= ~VAR_LOCKED; 3009 if (deep < 0 || deep > 1) 3010 { 3011 /* recursive: lock/unlock the items the List contains */ 3012 todo = (int)d->dv_hashtab.ht_used; 3013 for (hi = d->dv_hashtab.ht_array; todo > 0; ++hi) 3014 { 3015 if (!HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi)) 3016 { 3017 --todo; 3018 item_lock(&HI2DI(hi)->di_tv, deep - 1, lock); 3019 } 3020 } 3021 } 3022 } 3023 } 3024 --recurse; 3025 } 3026 3027 #if (defined(FEAT_MENU) && defined(FEAT_MULTI_LANG)) || defined(PROTO) 3028 /* 3029 * Delete all "menutrans_" variables. 3030 */ 3031 void 3032 del_menutrans_vars(void) 3033 { 3034 hashitem_T *hi; 3035 int todo; 3036 3037 hash_lock(&globvarht); 3038 todo = (int)globvarht.ht_used; 3039 for (hi = globvarht.ht_array; todo > 0 && !got_int; ++hi) 3040 { 3041 if (!HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi)) 3042 { 3043 --todo; 3044 if (STRNCMP(HI2DI(hi)->di_key, "menutrans_", 10) == 0) 3045 delete_var(&globvarht, hi); 3046 } 3047 } 3048 hash_unlock(&globvarht); 3049 } 3050 #endif 3051 3052 #if defined(FEAT_CMDL_COMPL) || defined(PROTO) 3053 3054 /* 3055 * Local string buffer for the next two functions to store a variable name 3056 * with its prefix. Allocated in cat_prefix_varname(), freed later in 3057 * get_user_var_name(). 3058 */ 3059 3060 static char_u *varnamebuf = NULL; 3061 static int varnamebuflen = 0; 3062 3063 /* 3064 * Function to concatenate a prefix and a variable name. 3065 */ 3066 static char_u * 3067 cat_prefix_varname(int prefix, char_u *name) 3068 { 3069 int len; 3070 3071 len = (int)STRLEN(name) + 3; 3072 if (len > varnamebuflen) 3073 { 3074 vim_free(varnamebuf); 3075 len += 10; /* some additional space */ 3076 varnamebuf = alloc(len); 3077 if (varnamebuf == NULL) 3078 { 3079 varnamebuflen = 0; 3080 return NULL; 3081 } 3082 varnamebuflen = len; 3083 } 3084 *varnamebuf = prefix; 3085 varnamebuf[1] = ':'; 3086 STRCPY(varnamebuf + 2, name); 3087 return varnamebuf; 3088 } 3089 3090 /* 3091 * Function given to ExpandGeneric() to obtain the list of user defined 3092 * (global/buffer/window/built-in) variable names. 3093 */ 3094 char_u * 3095 get_user_var_name(expand_T *xp, int idx) 3096 { 3097 static long_u gdone; 3098 static long_u bdone; 3099 static long_u wdone; 3100 static long_u tdone; 3101 static int vidx; 3102 static hashitem_T *hi; 3103 hashtab_T *ht; 3104 3105 if (idx == 0) 3106 { 3107 gdone = bdone = wdone = vidx = 0; 3108 tdone = 0; 3109 } 3110 3111 /* Global variables */ 3112 if (gdone < globvarht.ht_used) 3113 { 3114 if (gdone++ == 0) 3115 hi = globvarht.ht_array; 3116 else 3117 ++hi; 3118 while (HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi)) 3119 ++hi; 3120 if (STRNCMP("g:", xp->xp_pattern, 2) == 0) 3121 return cat_prefix_varname('g', hi->hi_key); 3122 return hi->hi_key; 3123 } 3124 3125 /* b: variables */ 3126 ht = &curbuf->b_vars->dv_hashtab; 3127 if (bdone < ht->ht_used) 3128 { 3129 if (bdone++ == 0) 3130 hi = ht->ht_array; 3131 else 3132 ++hi; 3133 while (HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi)) 3134 ++hi; 3135 return cat_prefix_varname('b', hi->hi_key); 3136 } 3137 3138 /* w: variables */ 3139 ht = &curwin->w_vars->dv_hashtab; 3140 if (wdone < ht->ht_used) 3141 { 3142 if (wdone++ == 0) 3143 hi = ht->ht_array; 3144 else 3145 ++hi; 3146 while (HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi)) 3147 ++hi; 3148 return cat_prefix_varname('w', hi->hi_key); 3149 } 3150 3151 /* t: variables */ 3152 ht = &curtab->tp_vars->dv_hashtab; 3153 if (tdone < ht->ht_used) 3154 { 3155 if (tdone++ == 0) 3156 hi = ht->ht_array; 3157 else 3158 ++hi; 3159 while (HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi)) 3160 ++hi; 3161 return cat_prefix_varname('t', hi->hi_key); 3162 } 3163 3164 /* v: variables */ 3165 if (vidx < VV_LEN) 3166 return cat_prefix_varname('v', (char_u *)vimvars[vidx++].vv_name); 3167 3168 VIM_CLEAR(varnamebuf); 3169 varnamebuflen = 0; 3170 return NULL; 3171 } 3172 3173 #endif /* FEAT_CMDL_COMPL */ 3174 3175 /* 3176 * Return TRUE if "pat" matches "text". 3177 * Does not use 'cpo' and always uses 'magic'. 3178 */ 3179 static int 3180 pattern_match(char_u *pat, char_u *text, int ic) 3181 { 3182 int matches = FALSE; 3183 char_u *save_cpo; 3184 regmatch_T regmatch; 3185 3186 /* avoid 'l' flag in 'cpoptions' */ 3187 save_cpo = p_cpo; 3188 p_cpo = (char_u *)""; 3189 regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(pat, RE_MAGIC + RE_STRING); 3190 if (regmatch.regprog != NULL) 3191 { 3192 regmatch.rm_ic = ic; 3193 matches = vim_regexec_nl(®match, text, (colnr_T)0); 3194 vim_regfree(regmatch.regprog); 3195 } 3196 p_cpo = save_cpo; 3197 return matches; 3198 } 3199 3200 /* 3201 * The "evaluate" argument: When FALSE, the argument is only parsed but not 3202 * executed. The function may return OK, but the rettv will be of type 3203 * VAR_UNKNOWN. The function still returns FAIL for a syntax error. 3204 */ 3205 3206 /* 3207 * Handle zero level expression. 3208 * This calls eval1() and handles error message and nextcmd. 3209 * Put the result in "rettv" when returning OK and "evaluate" is TRUE. 3210 * Note: "rettv.v_lock" is not set. 3211 * Return OK or FAIL. 3212 */ 3213 int 3214 eval0( 3215 char_u *arg, 3216 typval_T *rettv, 3217 char_u **nextcmd, 3218 int evaluate) 3219 { 3220 int ret; 3221 char_u *p; 3222 3223 p = skipwhite(arg); 3224 ret = eval1(&p, rettv, evaluate); 3225 if (ret == FAIL || !ends_excmd(*p)) 3226 { 3227 if (ret != FAIL) 3228 clear_tv(rettv); 3229 /* 3230 * Report the invalid expression unless the expression evaluation has 3231 * been cancelled due to an aborting error, an interrupt, or an 3232 * exception. 3233 */ 3234 if (!aborting()) 3235 EMSG2(_(e_invexpr2), arg); 3236 ret = FAIL; 3237 } 3238 if (nextcmd != NULL) 3239 *nextcmd = check_nextcmd(p); 3240 3241 return ret; 3242 } 3243 3244 /* 3245 * Handle top level expression: 3246 * expr2 ? expr1 : expr1 3247 * 3248 * "arg" must point to the first non-white of the expression. 3249 * "arg" is advanced to the next non-white after the recognized expression. 3250 * 3251 * Note: "rettv.v_lock" is not set. 3252 * 3253 * Return OK or FAIL. 3254 */ 3255 int 3256 eval1(char_u **arg, typval_T *rettv, int evaluate) 3257 { 3258 int result; 3259 typval_T var2; 3260 3261 /* 3262 * Get the first variable. 3263 */ 3264 if (eval2(arg, rettv, evaluate) == FAIL) 3265 return FAIL; 3266 3267 if ((*arg)[0] == '?') 3268 { 3269 result = FALSE; 3270 if (evaluate) 3271 { 3272 int error = FALSE; 3273 3274 if (get_tv_number_chk(rettv, &error) != 0) 3275 result = TRUE; 3276 clear_tv(rettv); 3277 if (error) 3278 return FAIL; 3279 } 3280 3281 /* 3282 * Get the second variable. 3283 */ 3284 *arg = skipwhite(*arg + 1); 3285 if (eval1(arg, rettv, evaluate && result) == FAIL) /* recursive! */ 3286 return FAIL; 3287 3288 /* 3289 * Check for the ":". 3290 */ 3291 if ((*arg)[0] != ':') 3292 { 3293 EMSG(_("E109: Missing ':' after '?'")); 3294 if (evaluate && result) 3295 clear_tv(rettv); 3296 return FAIL; 3297 } 3298 3299 /* 3300 * Get the third variable. 3301 */ 3302 *arg = skipwhite(*arg + 1); 3303 if (eval1(arg, &var2, evaluate && !result) == FAIL) /* recursive! */ 3304 { 3305 if (evaluate && result) 3306 clear_tv(rettv); 3307 return FAIL; 3308 } 3309 if (evaluate && !result) 3310 *rettv = var2; 3311 } 3312 3313 return OK; 3314 } 3315 3316 /* 3317 * Handle first level expression: 3318 * expr2 || expr2 || expr2 logical OR 3319 * 3320 * "arg" must point to the first non-white of the expression. 3321 * "arg" is advanced to the next non-white after the recognized expression. 3322 * 3323 * Return OK or FAIL. 3324 */ 3325 static int 3326 eval2(char_u **arg, typval_T *rettv, int evaluate) 3327 { 3328 typval_T var2; 3329 long result; 3330 int first; 3331 int error = FALSE; 3332 3333 /* 3334 * Get the first variable. 3335 */ 3336 if (eval3(arg, rettv, evaluate) == FAIL) 3337 return FAIL; 3338 3339 /* 3340 * Repeat until there is no following "||". 3341 */ 3342 first = TRUE; 3343 result = FALSE; 3344 while ((*arg)[0] == '|' && (*arg)[1] == '|') 3345 { 3346 if (evaluate && first) 3347 { 3348 if (get_tv_number_chk(rettv, &error) != 0) 3349 result = TRUE; 3350 clear_tv(rettv); 3351 if (error) 3352 return FAIL; 3353 first = FALSE; 3354 } 3355 3356 /* 3357 * Get the second variable. 3358 */ 3359 *arg = skipwhite(*arg + 2); 3360 if (eval3(arg, &var2, evaluate && !result) == FAIL) 3361 return FAIL; 3362 3363 /* 3364 * Compute the result. 3365 */ 3366 if (evaluate && !result) 3367 { 3368 if (get_tv_number_chk(&var2, &error) != 0) 3369 result = TRUE; 3370 clear_tv(&var2); 3371 if (error) 3372 return FAIL; 3373 } 3374 if (evaluate) 3375 { 3376 rettv->v_type = VAR_NUMBER; 3377 rettv->vval.v_number = result; 3378 } 3379 } 3380 3381 return OK; 3382 } 3383 3384 /* 3385 * Handle second level expression: 3386 * expr3 && expr3 && expr3 logical AND 3387 * 3388 * "arg" must point to the first non-white of the expression. 3389 * "arg" is advanced to the next non-white after the recognized expression. 3390 * 3391 * Return OK or FAIL. 3392 */ 3393 static int 3394 eval3(char_u **arg, typval_T *rettv, int evaluate) 3395 { 3396 typval_T var2; 3397 long result; 3398 int first; 3399 int error = FALSE; 3400 3401 /* 3402 * Get the first variable. 3403 */ 3404 if (eval4(arg, rettv, evaluate) == FAIL) 3405 return FAIL; 3406 3407 /* 3408 * Repeat until there is no following "&&". 3409 */ 3410 first = TRUE; 3411 result = TRUE; 3412 while ((*arg)[0] == '&' && (*arg)[1] == '&') 3413 { 3414 if (evaluate && first) 3415 { 3416 if (get_tv_number_chk(rettv, &error) == 0) 3417 result = FALSE; 3418 clear_tv(rettv); 3419 if (error) 3420 return FAIL; 3421 first = FALSE; 3422 } 3423 3424 /* 3425 * Get the second variable. 3426 */ 3427 *arg = skipwhite(*arg + 2); 3428 if (eval4(arg, &var2, evaluate && result) == FAIL) 3429 return FAIL; 3430 3431 /* 3432 * Compute the result. 3433 */ 3434 if (evaluate && result) 3435 { 3436 if (get_tv_number_chk(&var2, &error) == 0) 3437 result = FALSE; 3438 clear_tv(&var2); 3439 if (error) 3440 return FAIL; 3441 } 3442 if (evaluate) 3443 { 3444 rettv->v_type = VAR_NUMBER; 3445 rettv->vval.v_number = result; 3446 } 3447 } 3448 3449 return OK; 3450 } 3451 3452 /* 3453 * Handle third level expression: 3454 * var1 == var2 3455 * var1 =~ var2 3456 * var1 != var2 3457 * var1 !~ var2 3458 * var1 > var2 3459 * var1 >= var2 3460 * var1 < var2 3461 * var1 <= var2 3462 * var1 is var2 3463 * var1 isnot var2 3464 * 3465 * "arg" must point to the first non-white of the expression. 3466 * "arg" is advanced to the next non-white after the recognized expression. 3467 * 3468 * Return OK or FAIL. 3469 */ 3470 static int 3471 eval4(char_u **arg, typval_T *rettv, int evaluate) 3472 { 3473 typval_T var2; 3474 char_u *p; 3475 int i; 3476 exptype_T type = TYPE_UNKNOWN; 3477 int type_is = FALSE; /* TRUE for "is" and "isnot" */ 3478 int len = 2; 3479 int ic; 3480 3481 /* 3482 * Get the first variable. 3483 */ 3484 if (eval5(arg, rettv, evaluate) == FAIL) 3485 return FAIL; 3486 3487 p = *arg; 3488 switch (p[0]) 3489 { 3490 case '=': if (p[1] == '=') 3491 type = TYPE_EQUAL; 3492 else if (p[1] == '~') 3493 type = TYPE_MATCH; 3494 break; 3495 case '!': if (p[1] == '=') 3496 type = TYPE_NEQUAL; 3497 else if (p[1] == '~') 3498 type = TYPE_NOMATCH; 3499 break; 3500 case '>': if (p[1] != '=') 3501 { 3502 type = TYPE_GREATER; 3503 len = 1; 3504 } 3505 else 3506 type = TYPE_GEQUAL; 3507 break; 3508 case '<': if (p[1] != '=') 3509 { 3510 type = TYPE_SMALLER; 3511 len = 1; 3512 } 3513 else 3514 type = TYPE_SEQUAL; 3515 break; 3516 case 'i': if (p[1] == 's') 3517 { 3518 if (p[2] == 'n' && p[3] == 'o' && p[4] == 't') 3519 len = 5; 3520 i = p[len]; 3521 if (!isalnum(i) && i != '_') 3522 { 3523 type = len == 2 ? TYPE_EQUAL : TYPE_NEQUAL; 3524 type_is = TRUE; 3525 } 3526 } 3527 break; 3528 } 3529 3530 /* 3531 * If there is a comparative operator, use it. 3532 */ 3533 if (type != TYPE_UNKNOWN) 3534 { 3535 /* extra question mark appended: ignore case */ 3536 if (p[len] == '?') 3537 { 3538 ic = TRUE; 3539 ++len; 3540 } 3541 /* extra '#' appended: match case */ 3542 else if (p[len] == '#') 3543 { 3544 ic = FALSE; 3545 ++len; 3546 } 3547 /* nothing appended: use 'ignorecase' */ 3548 else 3549 ic = p_ic; 3550 3551 /* 3552 * Get the second variable. 3553 */ 3554 *arg = skipwhite(p + len); 3555 if (eval5(arg, &var2, evaluate) == FAIL) 3556 { 3557 clear_tv(rettv); 3558 return FAIL; 3559 } 3560 if (evaluate) 3561 { 3562 int ret = typval_compare(rettv, &var2, type, type_is, ic); 3563 3564 clear_tv(&var2); 3565 return ret; 3566 } 3567 } 3568 3569 return OK; 3570 } 3571 3572 /* 3573 * Handle fourth level expression: 3574 * + number addition 3575 * - number subtraction 3576 * . string concatenation 3577 * 3578 * "arg" must point to the first non-white of the expression. 3579 * "arg" is advanced to the next non-white after the recognized expression. 3580 * 3581 * Return OK or FAIL. 3582 */ 3583 static int 3584 eval5(char_u **arg, typval_T *rettv, int evaluate) 3585 { 3586 typval_T var2; 3587 typval_T var3; 3588 int op; 3589 varnumber_T n1, n2; 3590 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 3591 float_T f1 = 0, f2 = 0; 3592 #endif 3593 char_u *s1, *s2; 3594 char_u buf1[NUMBUFLEN], buf2[NUMBUFLEN]; 3595 char_u *p; 3596 3597 /* 3598 * Get the first variable. 3599 */ 3600 if (eval6(arg, rettv, evaluate, FALSE) == FAIL) 3601 return FAIL; 3602 3603 /* 3604 * Repeat computing, until no '+', '-' or '.' is following. 3605 */ 3606 for (;;) 3607 { 3608 op = **arg; 3609 if (op != '+' && op != '-' && op != '.') 3610 break; 3611 3612 if ((op != '+' || rettv->v_type != VAR_LIST) 3613 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 3614 && (op == '.' || rettv->v_type != VAR_FLOAT) 3615 #endif 3616 ) 3617 { 3618 /* For "list + ...", an illegal use of the first operand as 3619 * a number cannot be determined before evaluating the 2nd 3620 * operand: if this is also a list, all is ok. 3621 * For "something . ...", "something - ..." or "non-list + ...", 3622 * we know that the first operand needs to be a string or number 3623 * without evaluating the 2nd operand. So check before to avoid 3624 * side effects after an error. */ 3625 if (evaluate && get_tv_string_chk(rettv) == NULL) 3626 { 3627 clear_tv(rettv); 3628 return FAIL; 3629 } 3630 } 3631 3632 /* 3633 * Get the second variable. 3634 */ 3635 *arg = skipwhite(*arg + 1); 3636 if (eval6(arg, &var2, evaluate, op == '.') == FAIL) 3637 { 3638 clear_tv(rettv); 3639 return FAIL; 3640 } 3641 3642 if (evaluate) 3643 { 3644 /* 3645 * Compute the result. 3646 */ 3647 if (op == '.') 3648 { 3649 s1 = get_tv_string_buf(rettv, buf1); /* already checked */ 3650 s2 = get_tv_string_buf_chk(&var2, buf2); 3651 if (s2 == NULL) /* type error ? */ 3652 { 3653 clear_tv(rettv); 3654 clear_tv(&var2); 3655 return FAIL; 3656 } 3657 p = concat_str(s1, s2); 3658 clear_tv(rettv); 3659 rettv->v_type = VAR_STRING; 3660 rettv->vval.v_string = p; 3661 } 3662 else if (op == '+' && rettv->v_type == VAR_LIST 3663 && var2.v_type == VAR_LIST) 3664 { 3665 /* concatenate Lists */ 3666 if (list_concat(rettv->vval.v_list, var2.vval.v_list, 3667 &var3) == FAIL) 3668 { 3669 clear_tv(rettv); 3670 clear_tv(&var2); 3671 return FAIL; 3672 } 3673 clear_tv(rettv); 3674 *rettv = var3; 3675 } 3676 else 3677 { 3678 int error = FALSE; 3679 3680 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 3681 if (rettv->v_type == VAR_FLOAT) 3682 { 3683 f1 = rettv->vval.v_float; 3684 n1 = 0; 3685 } 3686 else 3687 #endif 3688 { 3689 n1 = get_tv_number_chk(rettv, &error); 3690 if (error) 3691 { 3692 /* This can only happen for "list + non-list". For 3693 * "non-list + ..." or "something - ...", we returned 3694 * before evaluating the 2nd operand. */ 3695 clear_tv(rettv); 3696 return FAIL; 3697 } 3698 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 3699 if (var2.v_type == VAR_FLOAT) 3700 f1 = n1; 3701 #endif 3702 } 3703 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 3704 if (var2.v_type == VAR_FLOAT) 3705 { 3706 f2 = var2.vval.v_float; 3707 n2 = 0; 3708 } 3709 else 3710 #endif 3711 { 3712 n2 = get_tv_number_chk(&var2, &error); 3713 if (error) 3714 { 3715 clear_tv(rettv); 3716 clear_tv(&var2); 3717 return FAIL; 3718 } 3719 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 3720 if (rettv->v_type == VAR_FLOAT) 3721 f2 = n2; 3722 #endif 3723 } 3724 clear_tv(rettv); 3725 3726 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 3727 /* If there is a float on either side the result is a float. */ 3728 if (rettv->v_type == VAR_FLOAT || var2.v_type == VAR_FLOAT) 3729 { 3730 if (op == '+') 3731 f1 = f1 + f2; 3732 else 3733 f1 = f1 - f2; 3734 rettv->v_type = VAR_FLOAT; 3735 rettv->vval.v_float = f1; 3736 } 3737 else 3738 #endif 3739 { 3740 if (op == '+') 3741 n1 = n1 + n2; 3742 else 3743 n1 = n1 - n2; 3744 rettv->v_type = VAR_NUMBER; 3745 rettv->vval.v_number = n1; 3746 } 3747 } 3748 clear_tv(&var2); 3749 } 3750 } 3751 return OK; 3752 } 3753 3754 /* 3755 * Handle fifth level expression: 3756 * * number multiplication 3757 * / number division 3758 * % number modulo 3759 * 3760 * "arg" must point to the first non-white of the expression. 3761 * "arg" is advanced to the next non-white after the recognized expression. 3762 * 3763 * Return OK or FAIL. 3764 */ 3765 static int 3766 eval6( 3767 char_u **arg, 3768 typval_T *rettv, 3769 int evaluate, 3770 int want_string) /* after "." operator */ 3771 { 3772 typval_T var2; 3773 int op; 3774 varnumber_T n1, n2; 3775 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 3776 int use_float = FALSE; 3777 float_T f1 = 0, f2; 3778 #endif 3779 int error = FALSE; 3780 3781 /* 3782 * Get the first variable. 3783 */ 3784 if (eval7(arg, rettv, evaluate, want_string) == FAIL) 3785 return FAIL; 3786 3787 /* 3788 * Repeat computing, until no '*', '/' or '%' is following. 3789 */ 3790 for (;;) 3791 { 3792 op = **arg; 3793 if (op != '*' && op != '/' && op != '%') 3794 break; 3795 3796 if (evaluate) 3797 { 3798 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 3799 if (rettv->v_type == VAR_FLOAT) 3800 { 3801 f1 = rettv->vval.v_float; 3802 use_float = TRUE; 3803 n1 = 0; 3804 } 3805 else 3806 #endif 3807 n1 = get_tv_number_chk(rettv, &error); 3808 clear_tv(rettv); 3809 if (error) 3810 return FAIL; 3811 } 3812 else 3813 n1 = 0; 3814 3815 /* 3816 * Get the second variable. 3817 */ 3818 *arg = skipwhite(*arg + 1); 3819 if (eval7(arg, &var2, evaluate, FALSE) == FAIL) 3820 return FAIL; 3821 3822 if (evaluate) 3823 { 3824 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 3825 if (var2.v_type == VAR_FLOAT) 3826 { 3827 if (!use_float) 3828 { 3829 f1 = n1; 3830 use_float = TRUE; 3831 } 3832 f2 = var2.vval.v_float; 3833 n2 = 0; 3834 } 3835 else 3836 #endif 3837 { 3838 n2 = get_tv_number_chk(&var2, &error); 3839 clear_tv(&var2); 3840 if (error) 3841 return FAIL; 3842 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 3843 if (use_float) 3844 f2 = n2; 3845 #endif 3846 } 3847 3848 /* 3849 * Compute the result. 3850 * When either side is a float the result is a float. 3851 */ 3852 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 3853 if (use_float) 3854 { 3855 if (op == '*') 3856 f1 = f1 * f2; 3857 else if (op == '/') 3858 { 3859 # ifdef VMS 3860 /* VMS crashes on divide by zero, work around it */ 3861 if (f2 == 0.0) 3862 { 3863 if (f1 == 0) 3864 f1 = -1 * __F_FLT_MAX - 1L; /* similar to NaN */ 3865 else if (f1 < 0) 3866 f1 = -1 * __F_FLT_MAX; 3867 else 3868 f1 = __F_FLT_MAX; 3869 } 3870 else 3871 f1 = f1 / f2; 3872 # else 3873 /* We rely on the floating point library to handle divide 3874 * by zero to result in "inf" and not a crash. */ 3875 f1 = f1 / f2; 3876 # endif 3877 } 3878 else 3879 { 3880 EMSG(_("E804: Cannot use '%' with Float")); 3881 return FAIL; 3882 } 3883 rettv->v_type = VAR_FLOAT; 3884 rettv->vval.v_float = f1; 3885 } 3886 else 3887 #endif 3888 { 3889 if (op == '*') 3890 n1 = n1 * n2; 3891 else if (op == '/') 3892 { 3893 if (n2 == 0) /* give an error message? */ 3894 { 3895 if (n1 == 0) 3896 n1 = VARNUM_MIN; /* similar to NaN */ 3897 else if (n1 < 0) 3898 n1 = -VARNUM_MAX; 3899 else 3900 n1 = VARNUM_MAX; 3901 } 3902 else 3903 n1 = n1 / n2; 3904 } 3905 else 3906 { 3907 if (n2 == 0) /* give an error message? */ 3908 n1 = 0; 3909 else 3910 n1 = n1 % n2; 3911 } 3912 rettv->v_type = VAR_NUMBER; 3913 rettv->vval.v_number = n1; 3914 } 3915 } 3916 } 3917 3918 return OK; 3919 } 3920 3921 /* 3922 * Handle sixth level expression: 3923 * number number constant 3924 * "string" string constant 3925 * 'string' literal string constant 3926 * &option-name option value 3927 * @r register contents 3928 * identifier variable value 3929 * function() function call 3930 * $VAR environment variable 3931 * (expression) nested expression 3932 * [expr, expr] List 3933 * {key: val, key: val} Dictionary 3934 * 3935 * Also handle: 3936 * ! in front logical NOT 3937 * - in front unary minus 3938 * + in front unary plus (ignored) 3939 * trailing [] subscript in String or List 3940 * trailing .name entry in Dictionary 3941 * 3942 * "arg" must point to the first non-white of the expression. 3943 * "arg" is advanced to the next non-white after the recognized expression. 3944 * 3945 * Return OK or FAIL. 3946 */ 3947 static int 3948 eval7( 3949 char_u **arg, 3950 typval_T *rettv, 3951 int evaluate, 3952 int want_string UNUSED) /* after "." operator */ 3953 { 3954 varnumber_T n; 3955 int len; 3956 char_u *s; 3957 char_u *start_leader, *end_leader; 3958 int ret = OK; 3959 char_u *alias; 3960 3961 /* 3962 * Initialise variable so that clear_tv() can't mistake this for a 3963 * string and free a string that isn't there. 3964 */ 3965 rettv->v_type = VAR_UNKNOWN; 3966 3967 /* 3968 * Skip '!', '-' and '+' characters. They are handled later. 3969 */ 3970 start_leader = *arg; 3971 while (**arg == '!' || **arg == '-' || **arg == '+') 3972 *arg = skipwhite(*arg + 1); 3973 end_leader = *arg; 3974 3975 switch (**arg) 3976 { 3977 /* 3978 * Number constant. 3979 */ 3980 case '0': 3981 case '1': 3982 case '2': 3983 case '3': 3984 case '4': 3985 case '5': 3986 case '6': 3987 case '7': 3988 case '8': 3989 case '9': 3990 { 3991 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 3992 char_u *p = skipdigits(*arg + 1); 3993 int get_float = FALSE; 3994 3995 /* We accept a float when the format matches 3996 * "[0-9]\+\.[0-9]\+\([eE][+-]\?[0-9]\+\)\?". This is very 3997 * strict to avoid backwards compatibility problems. 3998 * Don't look for a float after the "." operator, so that 3999 * ":let vers = 1.2.3" doesn't fail. */ 4000 if (!want_string && p[0] == '.' && vim_isdigit(p[1])) 4001 { 4002 get_float = TRUE; 4003 p = skipdigits(p + 2); 4004 if (*p == 'e' || *p == 'E') 4005 { 4006 ++p; 4007 if (*p == '-' || *p == '+') 4008 ++p; 4009 if (!vim_isdigit(*p)) 4010 get_float = FALSE; 4011 else 4012 p = skipdigits(p + 1); 4013 } 4014 if (ASCII_ISALPHA(*p) || *p == '.') 4015 get_float = FALSE; 4016 } 4017 if (get_float) 4018 { 4019 float_T f; 4020 4021 *arg += string2float(*arg, &f); 4022 if (evaluate) 4023 { 4024 rettv->v_type = VAR_FLOAT; 4025 rettv->vval.v_float = f; 4026 } 4027 } 4028 else 4029 #endif 4030 { 4031 vim_str2nr(*arg, NULL, &len, STR2NR_ALL, &n, NULL, 0); 4032 *arg += len; 4033 if (evaluate) 4034 { 4035 rettv->v_type = VAR_NUMBER; 4036 rettv->vval.v_number = n; 4037 } 4038 } 4039 break; 4040 } 4041 4042 /* 4043 * String constant: "string". 4044 */ 4045 case '"': ret = get_string_tv(arg, rettv, evaluate); 4046 break; 4047 4048 /* 4049 * Literal string constant: 'str''ing'. 4050 */ 4051 case '\'': ret = get_lit_string_tv(arg, rettv, evaluate); 4052 break; 4053 4054 /* 4055 * List: [expr, expr] 4056 */ 4057 case '[': ret = get_list_tv(arg, rettv, evaluate); 4058 break; 4059 4060 /* 4061 * Lambda: {arg, arg -> expr} 4062 * Dictionary: {key: val, key: val} 4063 */ 4064 case '{': ret = get_lambda_tv(arg, rettv, evaluate); 4065 if (ret == NOTDONE) 4066 ret = get_dict_tv(arg, rettv, evaluate); 4067 break; 4068 4069 /* 4070 * Option value: &name 4071 */ 4072 case '&': ret = get_option_tv(arg, rettv, evaluate); 4073 break; 4074 4075 /* 4076 * Environment variable: $VAR. 4077 */ 4078 case '$': ret = get_env_tv(arg, rettv, evaluate); 4079 break; 4080 4081 /* 4082 * Register contents: @r. 4083 */ 4084 case '@': ++*arg; 4085 if (evaluate) 4086 { 4087 rettv->v_type = VAR_STRING; 4088 rettv->vval.v_string = get_reg_contents(**arg, 4089 GREG_EXPR_SRC); 4090 } 4091 if (**arg != NUL) 4092 ++*arg; 4093 break; 4094 4095 /* 4096 * nested expression: (expression). 4097 */ 4098 case '(': *arg = skipwhite(*arg + 1); 4099 ret = eval1(arg, rettv, evaluate); /* recursive! */ 4100 if (**arg == ')') 4101 ++*arg; 4102 else if (ret == OK) 4103 { 4104 EMSG(_("E110: Missing ')'")); 4105 clear_tv(rettv); 4106 ret = FAIL; 4107 } 4108 break; 4109 4110 default: ret = NOTDONE; 4111 break; 4112 } 4113 4114 if (ret == NOTDONE) 4115 { 4116 /* 4117 * Must be a variable or function name. 4118 * Can also be a curly-braces kind of name: {expr}. 4119 */ 4120 s = *arg; 4121 len = get_name_len(arg, &alias, evaluate, TRUE); 4122 if (alias != NULL) 4123 s = alias; 4124 4125 if (len <= 0) 4126 ret = FAIL; 4127 else 4128 { 4129 if (**arg == '(') /* recursive! */ 4130 { 4131 partial_T *partial; 4132 4133 if (!evaluate) 4134 check_vars(s, len); 4135 4136 /* If "s" is the name of a variable of type VAR_FUNC 4137 * use its contents. */ 4138 s = deref_func_name(s, &len, &partial, !evaluate); 4139 4140 /* Need to make a copy, in case evaluating the arguments makes 4141 * the name invalid. */ 4142 s = vim_strsave(s); 4143 if (s == NULL) 4144 ret = FAIL; 4145 else 4146 /* Invoke the function. */ 4147 ret = get_func_tv(s, len, rettv, arg, 4148 curwin->w_cursor.lnum, curwin->w_cursor.lnum, 4149 &len, evaluate, partial, NULL); 4150 vim_free(s); 4151 4152 /* If evaluate is FALSE rettv->v_type was not set in 4153 * get_func_tv, but it's needed in handle_subscript() to parse 4154 * what follows. So set it here. */ 4155 if (rettv->v_type == VAR_UNKNOWN && !evaluate && **arg == '(') 4156 { 4157 rettv->vval.v_string = NULL; 4158 rettv->v_type = VAR_FUNC; 4159 } 4160 4161 /* Stop the expression evaluation when immediately 4162 * aborting on error, or when an interrupt occurred or 4163 * an exception was thrown but not caught. */ 4164 if (aborting()) 4165 { 4166 if (ret == OK) 4167 clear_tv(rettv); 4168 ret = FAIL; 4169 } 4170 } 4171 else if (evaluate) 4172 ret = get_var_tv(s, len, rettv, NULL, TRUE, FALSE); 4173 else 4174 { 4175 check_vars(s, len); 4176 ret = OK; 4177 } 4178 } 4179 vim_free(alias); 4180 } 4181 4182 *arg = skipwhite(*arg); 4183 4184 /* Handle following '[', '(' and '.' for expr[expr], expr.name, 4185 * expr(expr). */ 4186 if (ret == OK) 4187 ret = handle_subscript(arg, rettv, evaluate, TRUE); 4188 4189 /* 4190 * Apply logical NOT and unary '-', from right to left, ignore '+'. 4191 */ 4192 if (ret == OK && evaluate && end_leader > start_leader) 4193 { 4194 int error = FALSE; 4195 varnumber_T val = 0; 4196 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 4197 float_T f = 0.0; 4198 4199 if (rettv->v_type == VAR_FLOAT) 4200 f = rettv->vval.v_float; 4201 else 4202 #endif 4203 val = get_tv_number_chk(rettv, &error); 4204 if (error) 4205 { 4206 clear_tv(rettv); 4207 ret = FAIL; 4208 } 4209 else 4210 { 4211 while (end_leader > start_leader) 4212 { 4213 --end_leader; 4214 if (*end_leader == '!') 4215 { 4216 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 4217 if (rettv->v_type == VAR_FLOAT) 4218 f = !f; 4219 else 4220 #endif 4221 val = !val; 4222 } 4223 else if (*end_leader == '-') 4224 { 4225 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 4226 if (rettv->v_type == VAR_FLOAT) 4227 f = -f; 4228 else 4229 #endif 4230 val = -val; 4231 } 4232 } 4233 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 4234 if (rettv->v_type == VAR_FLOAT) 4235 { 4236 clear_tv(rettv); 4237 rettv->vval.v_float = f; 4238 } 4239 else 4240 #endif 4241 { 4242 clear_tv(rettv); 4243 rettv->v_type = VAR_NUMBER; 4244 rettv->vval.v_number = val; 4245 } 4246 } 4247 } 4248 4249 return ret; 4250 } 4251 4252 /* 4253 * Evaluate an "[expr]" or "[expr:expr]" index. Also "dict.key". 4254 * "*arg" points to the '[' or '.'. 4255 * Returns FAIL or OK. "*arg" is advanced to after the ']'. 4256 */ 4257 static int 4258 eval_index( 4259 char_u **arg, 4260 typval_T *rettv, 4261 int evaluate, 4262 int verbose) /* give error messages */ 4263 { 4264 int empty1 = FALSE, empty2 = FALSE; 4265 typval_T var1, var2; 4266 long n1, n2 = 0; 4267 long len = -1; 4268 int range = FALSE; 4269 char_u *s; 4270 char_u *key = NULL; 4271 4272 switch (rettv->v_type) 4273 { 4274 case VAR_FUNC: 4275 case VAR_PARTIAL: 4276 if (verbose) 4277 EMSG(_("E695: Cannot index a Funcref")); 4278 return FAIL; 4279 case VAR_FLOAT: 4280 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 4281 if (verbose) 4282 EMSG(_(e_float_as_string)); 4283 return FAIL; 4284 #endif 4285 case VAR_SPECIAL: 4286 case VAR_JOB: 4287 case VAR_CHANNEL: 4288 if (verbose) 4289 EMSG(_("E909: Cannot index a special variable")); 4290 return FAIL; 4291 case VAR_UNKNOWN: 4292 if (evaluate) 4293 return FAIL; 4294 /* FALLTHROUGH */ 4295 4296 case VAR_STRING: 4297 case VAR_NUMBER: 4298 case VAR_LIST: 4299 case VAR_DICT: 4300 break; 4301 } 4302 4303 init_tv(&var1); 4304 init_tv(&var2); 4305 if (**arg == '.') 4306 { 4307 /* 4308 * dict.name 4309 */ 4310 key = *arg + 1; 4311 for (len = 0; ASCII_ISALNUM(key[len]) || key[len] == '_'; ++len) 4312 ; 4313 if (len == 0) 4314 return FAIL; 4315 *arg = skipwhite(key + len); 4316 } 4317 else 4318 { 4319 /* 4320 * something[idx] 4321 * 4322 * Get the (first) variable from inside the []. 4323 */ 4324 *arg = skipwhite(*arg + 1); 4325 if (**arg == ':') 4326 empty1 = TRUE; 4327 else if (eval1(arg, &var1, evaluate) == FAIL) /* recursive! */ 4328 return FAIL; 4329 else if (evaluate && get_tv_string_chk(&var1) == NULL) 4330 { 4331 /* not a number or string */ 4332 clear_tv(&var1); 4333 return FAIL; 4334 } 4335 4336 /* 4337 * Get the second variable from inside the [:]. 4338 */ 4339 if (**arg == ':') 4340 { 4341 range = TRUE; 4342 *arg = skipwhite(*arg + 1); 4343 if (**arg == ']') 4344 empty2 = TRUE; 4345 else if (eval1(arg, &var2, evaluate) == FAIL) /* recursive! */ 4346 { 4347 if (!empty1) 4348 clear_tv(&var1); 4349 return FAIL; 4350 } 4351 else if (evaluate && get_tv_string_chk(&var2) == NULL) 4352 { 4353 /* not a number or string */ 4354 if (!empty1) 4355 clear_tv(&var1); 4356 clear_tv(&var2); 4357 return FAIL; 4358 } 4359 } 4360 4361 /* Check for the ']'. */ 4362 if (**arg != ']') 4363 { 4364 if (verbose) 4365 EMSG(_(e_missbrac)); 4366 clear_tv(&var1); 4367 if (range) 4368 clear_tv(&var2); 4369 return FAIL; 4370 } 4371 *arg = skipwhite(*arg + 1); /* skip the ']' */ 4372 } 4373 4374 if (evaluate) 4375 { 4376 n1 = 0; 4377 if (!empty1 && rettv->v_type != VAR_DICT) 4378 { 4379 n1 = get_tv_number(&var1); 4380 clear_tv(&var1); 4381 } 4382 if (range) 4383 { 4384 if (empty2) 4385 n2 = -1; 4386 else 4387 { 4388 n2 = get_tv_number(&var2); 4389 clear_tv(&var2); 4390 } 4391 } 4392 4393 switch (rettv->v_type) 4394 { 4395 case VAR_UNKNOWN: 4396 case VAR_FUNC: 4397 case VAR_PARTIAL: 4398 case VAR_FLOAT: 4399 case VAR_SPECIAL: 4400 case VAR_JOB: 4401 case VAR_CHANNEL: 4402 break; /* not evaluating, skipping over subscript */ 4403 4404 case VAR_NUMBER: 4405 case VAR_STRING: 4406 s = get_tv_string(rettv); 4407 len = (long)STRLEN(s); 4408 if (range) 4409 { 4410 /* The resulting variable is a substring. If the indexes 4411 * are out of range the result is empty. */ 4412 if (n1 < 0) 4413 { 4414 n1 = len + n1; 4415 if (n1 < 0) 4416 n1 = 0; 4417 } 4418 if (n2 < 0) 4419 n2 = len + n2; 4420 else if (n2 >= len) 4421 n2 = len; 4422 if (n1 >= len || n2 < 0 || n1 > n2) 4423 s = NULL; 4424 else 4425 s = vim_strnsave(s + n1, (int)(n2 - n1 + 1)); 4426 } 4427 else 4428 { 4429 /* The resulting variable is a string of a single 4430 * character. If the index is too big or negative the 4431 * result is empty. */ 4432 if (n1 >= len || n1 < 0) 4433 s = NULL; 4434 else 4435 s = vim_strnsave(s + n1, 1); 4436 } 4437 clear_tv(rettv); 4438 rettv->v_type = VAR_STRING; 4439 rettv->vval.v_string = s; 4440 break; 4441 4442 case VAR_LIST: 4443 len = list_len(rettv->vval.v_list); 4444 if (n1 < 0) 4445 n1 = len + n1; 4446 if (!empty1 && (n1 < 0 || n1 >= len)) 4447 { 4448 /* For a range we allow invalid values and return an empty 4449 * list. A list index out of range is an error. */ 4450 if (!range) 4451 { 4452 if (verbose) 4453 EMSGN(_(e_listidx), n1); 4454 return FAIL; 4455 } 4456 n1 = len; 4457 } 4458 if (range) 4459 { 4460 list_T *l; 4461 listitem_T *item; 4462 4463 if (n2 < 0) 4464 n2 = len + n2; 4465 else if (n2 >= len) 4466 n2 = len - 1; 4467 if (!empty2 && (n2 < 0 || n2 + 1 < n1)) 4468 n2 = -1; 4469 l = list_alloc(); 4470 if (l == NULL) 4471 return FAIL; 4472 for (item = list_find(rettv->vval.v_list, n1); 4473 n1 <= n2; ++n1) 4474 { 4475 if (list_append_tv(l, &item->li_tv) == FAIL) 4476 { 4477 list_free(l); 4478 return FAIL; 4479 } 4480 item = item->li_next; 4481 } 4482 clear_tv(rettv); 4483 rettv_list_set(rettv, l); 4484 } 4485 else 4486 { 4487 copy_tv(&list_find(rettv->vval.v_list, n1)->li_tv, &var1); 4488 clear_tv(rettv); 4489 *rettv = var1; 4490 } 4491 break; 4492 4493 case VAR_DICT: 4494 if (range) 4495 { 4496 if (verbose) 4497 EMSG(_(e_dictrange)); 4498 if (len == -1) 4499 clear_tv(&var1); 4500 return FAIL; 4501 } 4502 { 4503 dictitem_T *item; 4504 4505 if (len == -1) 4506 { 4507 key = get_tv_string_chk(&var1); 4508 if (key == NULL) 4509 { 4510 clear_tv(&var1); 4511 return FAIL; 4512 } 4513 } 4514 4515 item = dict_find(rettv->vval.v_dict, key, (int)len); 4516 4517 if (item == NULL && verbose) 4518 EMSG2(_(e_dictkey), key); 4519 if (len == -1) 4520 clear_tv(&var1); 4521 if (item == NULL) 4522 return FAIL; 4523 4524 copy_tv(&item->di_tv, &var1); 4525 clear_tv(rettv); 4526 *rettv = var1; 4527 } 4528 break; 4529 } 4530 } 4531 4532 return OK; 4533 } 4534 4535 /* 4536 * Get an option value. 4537 * "arg" points to the '&' or '+' before the option name. 4538 * "arg" is advanced to character after the option name. 4539 * Return OK or FAIL. 4540 */ 4541 int 4542 get_option_tv( 4543 char_u **arg, 4544 typval_T *rettv, /* when NULL, only check if option exists */ 4545 int evaluate) 4546 { 4547 char_u *option_end; 4548 long numval; 4549 char_u *stringval; 4550 int opt_type; 4551 int c; 4552 int working = (**arg == '+'); /* has("+option") */ 4553 int ret = OK; 4554 int opt_flags; 4555 4556 /* 4557 * Isolate the option name and find its value. 4558 */ 4559 option_end = find_option_end(arg, &opt_flags); 4560 if (option_end == NULL) 4561 { 4562 if (rettv != NULL) 4563 EMSG2(_("E112: Option name missing: %s"), *arg); 4564 return FAIL; 4565 } 4566 4567 if (!evaluate) 4568 { 4569 *arg = option_end; 4570 return OK; 4571 } 4572 4573 c = *option_end; 4574 *option_end = NUL; 4575 opt_type = get_option_value(*arg, &numval, 4576 rettv == NULL ? NULL : &stringval, opt_flags); 4577 4578 if (opt_type == -3) /* invalid name */ 4579 { 4580 if (rettv != NULL) 4581 EMSG2(_("E113: Unknown option: %s"), *arg); 4582 ret = FAIL; 4583 } 4584 else if (rettv != NULL) 4585 { 4586 if (opt_type == -2) /* hidden string option */ 4587 { 4588 rettv->v_type = VAR_STRING; 4589 rettv->vval.v_string = NULL; 4590 } 4591 else if (opt_type == -1) /* hidden number option */ 4592 { 4593 rettv->v_type = VAR_NUMBER; 4594 rettv->vval.v_number = 0; 4595 } 4596 else if (opt_type == 1) /* number option */ 4597 { 4598 rettv->v_type = VAR_NUMBER; 4599 rettv->vval.v_number = numval; 4600 } 4601 else /* string option */ 4602 { 4603 rettv->v_type = VAR_STRING; 4604 rettv->vval.v_string = stringval; 4605 } 4606 } 4607 else if (working && (opt_type == -2 || opt_type == -1)) 4608 ret = FAIL; 4609 4610 *option_end = c; /* put back for error messages */ 4611 *arg = option_end; 4612 4613 return ret; 4614 } 4615 4616 /* 4617 * Allocate a variable for a string constant. 4618 * Return OK or FAIL. 4619 */ 4620 static int 4621 get_string_tv(char_u **arg, typval_T *rettv, int evaluate) 4622 { 4623 char_u *p; 4624 char_u *name; 4625 int extra = 0; 4626 4627 /* 4628 * Find the end of the string, skipping backslashed characters. 4629 */ 4630 for (p = *arg + 1; *p != NUL && *p != '"'; MB_PTR_ADV(p)) 4631 { 4632 if (*p == '\\' && p[1] != NUL) 4633 { 4634 ++p; 4635 /* A "\<x>" form occupies at least 4 characters, and produces up 4636 * to 6 characters: reserve space for 2 extra */ 4637 if (*p == '<') 4638 extra += 2; 4639 } 4640 } 4641 4642 if (*p != '"') 4643 { 4644 EMSG2(_("E114: Missing quote: %s"), *arg); 4645 return FAIL; 4646 } 4647 4648 /* If only parsing, set *arg and return here */ 4649 if (!evaluate) 4650 { 4651 *arg = p + 1; 4652 return OK; 4653 } 4654 4655 /* 4656 * Copy the string into allocated memory, handling backslashed 4657 * characters. 4658 */ 4659 name = alloc((unsigned)(p - *arg + extra)); 4660 if (name == NULL) 4661 return FAIL; 4662 rettv->v_type = VAR_STRING; 4663 rettv->vval.v_string = name; 4664 4665 for (p = *arg + 1; *p != NUL && *p != '"'; ) 4666 { 4667 if (*p == '\\') 4668 { 4669 switch (*++p) 4670 { 4671 case 'b': *name++ = BS; ++p; break; 4672 case 'e': *name++ = ESC; ++p; break; 4673 case 'f': *name++ = FF; ++p; break; 4674 case 'n': *name++ = NL; ++p; break; 4675 case 'r': *name++ = CAR; ++p; break; 4676 case 't': *name++ = TAB; ++p; break; 4677 4678 case 'X': /* hex: "\x1", "\x12" */ 4679 case 'x': 4680 case 'u': /* Unicode: "\u0023" */ 4681 case 'U': 4682 if (vim_isxdigit(p[1])) 4683 { 4684 int n, nr; 4685 int c = toupper(*p); 4686 4687 if (c == 'X') 4688 n = 2; 4689 else if (*p == 'u') 4690 n = 4; 4691 else 4692 n = 8; 4693 nr = 0; 4694 while (--n >= 0 && vim_isxdigit(p[1])) 4695 { 4696 ++p; 4697 nr = (nr << 4) + hex2nr(*p); 4698 } 4699 ++p; 4700 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 4701 /* For "\u" store the number according to 4702 * 'encoding'. */ 4703 if (c != 'X') 4704 name += (*mb_char2bytes)(nr, name); 4705 else 4706 #endif 4707 *name++ = nr; 4708 } 4709 break; 4710 4711 /* octal: "\1", "\12", "\123" */ 4712 case '0': 4713 case '1': 4714 case '2': 4715 case '3': 4716 case '4': 4717 case '5': 4718 case '6': 4719 case '7': *name = *p++ - '0'; 4720 if (*p >= '0' && *p <= '7') 4721 { 4722 *name = (*name << 3) + *p++ - '0'; 4723 if (*p >= '0' && *p <= '7') 4724 *name = (*name << 3) + *p++ - '0'; 4725 } 4726 ++name; 4727 break; 4728 4729 /* Special key, e.g.: "\<C-W>" */ 4730 case '<': extra = trans_special(&p, name, TRUE, TRUE); 4731 if (extra != 0) 4732 { 4733 name += extra; 4734 break; 4735 } 4736 /* FALLTHROUGH */ 4737 4738 default: MB_COPY_CHAR(p, name); 4739 break; 4740 } 4741 } 4742 else 4743 MB_COPY_CHAR(p, name); 4744 4745 } 4746 *name = NUL; 4747 if (*p != NUL) /* just in case */ 4748 ++p; 4749 *arg = p; 4750 4751 return OK; 4752 } 4753 4754 /* 4755 * Allocate a variable for a 'str''ing' constant. 4756 * Return OK or FAIL. 4757 */ 4758 static int 4759 get_lit_string_tv(char_u **arg, typval_T *rettv, int evaluate) 4760 { 4761 char_u *p; 4762 char_u *str; 4763 int reduce = 0; 4764 4765 /* 4766 * Find the end of the string, skipping ''. 4767 */ 4768 for (p = *arg + 1; *p != NUL; MB_PTR_ADV(p)) 4769 { 4770 if (*p == '\'') 4771 { 4772 if (p[1] != '\'') 4773 break; 4774 ++reduce; 4775 ++p; 4776 } 4777 } 4778 4779 if (*p != '\'') 4780 { 4781 EMSG2(_("E115: Missing quote: %s"), *arg); 4782 return FAIL; 4783 } 4784 4785 /* If only parsing return after setting "*arg" */ 4786 if (!evaluate) 4787 { 4788 *arg = p + 1; 4789 return OK; 4790 } 4791 4792 /* 4793 * Copy the string into allocated memory, handling '' to ' reduction. 4794 */ 4795 str = alloc((unsigned)((p - *arg) - reduce)); 4796 if (str == NULL) 4797 return FAIL; 4798 rettv->v_type = VAR_STRING; 4799 rettv->vval.v_string = str; 4800 4801 for (p = *arg + 1; *p != NUL; ) 4802 { 4803 if (*p == '\'') 4804 { 4805 if (p[1] != '\'') 4806 break; 4807 ++p; 4808 } 4809 MB_COPY_CHAR(p, str); 4810 } 4811 *str = NUL; 4812 *arg = p + 1; 4813 4814 return OK; 4815 } 4816 4817 /* 4818 * Return the function name of the partial. 4819 */ 4820 char_u * 4821 partial_name(partial_T *pt) 4822 { 4823 if (pt->pt_name != NULL) 4824 return pt->pt_name; 4825 return pt->pt_func->uf_name; 4826 } 4827 4828 static void 4829 partial_free(partial_T *pt) 4830 { 4831 int i; 4832 4833 for (i = 0; i < pt->pt_argc; ++i) 4834 clear_tv(&pt->pt_argv[i]); 4835 vim_free(pt->pt_argv); 4836 dict_unref(pt->pt_dict); 4837 if (pt->pt_name != NULL) 4838 { 4839 func_unref(pt->pt_name); 4840 vim_free(pt->pt_name); 4841 } 4842 else 4843 func_ptr_unref(pt->pt_func); 4844 vim_free(pt); 4845 } 4846 4847 /* 4848 * Unreference a closure: decrement the reference count and free it when it 4849 * becomes zero. 4850 */ 4851 void 4852 partial_unref(partial_T *pt) 4853 { 4854 if (pt != NULL && --pt->pt_refcount <= 0) 4855 partial_free(pt); 4856 } 4857 4858 static int tv_equal_recurse_limit; 4859 4860 static int 4861 func_equal( 4862 typval_T *tv1, 4863 typval_T *tv2, 4864 int ic) /* ignore case */ 4865 { 4866 char_u *s1, *s2; 4867 dict_T *d1, *d2; 4868 int a1, a2; 4869 int i; 4870 4871 /* empty and NULL function name considered the same */ 4872 s1 = tv1->v_type == VAR_FUNC ? tv1->vval.v_string 4873 : partial_name(tv1->vval.v_partial); 4874 if (s1 != NULL && *s1 == NUL) 4875 s1 = NULL; 4876 s2 = tv2->v_type == VAR_FUNC ? tv2->vval.v_string 4877 : partial_name(tv2->vval.v_partial); 4878 if (s2 != NULL && *s2 == NUL) 4879 s2 = NULL; 4880 if (s1 == NULL || s2 == NULL) 4881 { 4882 if (s1 != s2) 4883 return FALSE; 4884 } 4885 else if (STRCMP(s1, s2) != 0) 4886 return FALSE; 4887 4888 /* empty dict and NULL dict is different */ 4889 d1 = tv1->v_type == VAR_FUNC ? NULL : tv1->vval.v_partial->pt_dict; 4890 d2 = tv2->v_type == VAR_FUNC ? NULL : tv2->vval.v_partial->pt_dict; 4891 if (d1 == NULL || d2 == NULL) 4892 { 4893 if (d1 != d2) 4894 return FALSE; 4895 } 4896 else if (!dict_equal(d1, d2, ic, TRUE)) 4897 return FALSE; 4898 4899 /* empty list and no list considered the same */ 4900 a1 = tv1->v_type == VAR_FUNC ? 0 : tv1->vval.v_partial->pt_argc; 4901 a2 = tv2->v_type == VAR_FUNC ? 0 : tv2->vval.v_partial->pt_argc; 4902 if (a1 != a2) 4903 return FALSE; 4904 for (i = 0; i < a1; ++i) 4905 if (!tv_equal(tv1->vval.v_partial->pt_argv + i, 4906 tv2->vval.v_partial->pt_argv + i, ic, TRUE)) 4907 return FALSE; 4908 4909 return TRUE; 4910 } 4911 4912 /* 4913 * Return TRUE if "tv1" and "tv2" have the same value. 4914 * Compares the items just like "==" would compare them, but strings and 4915 * numbers are different. Floats and numbers are also different. 4916 */ 4917 int 4918 tv_equal( 4919 typval_T *tv1, 4920 typval_T *tv2, 4921 int ic, /* ignore case */ 4922 int recursive) /* TRUE when used recursively */ 4923 { 4924 char_u buf1[NUMBUFLEN], buf2[NUMBUFLEN]; 4925 char_u *s1, *s2; 4926 static int recursive_cnt = 0; /* catch recursive loops */ 4927 int r; 4928 4929 /* Catch lists and dicts that have an endless loop by limiting 4930 * recursiveness to a limit. We guess they are equal then. 4931 * A fixed limit has the problem of still taking an awful long time. 4932 * Reduce the limit every time running into it. That should work fine for 4933 * deeply linked structures that are not recursively linked and catch 4934 * recursiveness quickly. */ 4935 if (!recursive) 4936 tv_equal_recurse_limit = 1000; 4937 if (recursive_cnt >= tv_equal_recurse_limit) 4938 { 4939 --tv_equal_recurse_limit; 4940 return TRUE; 4941 } 4942 4943 /* For VAR_FUNC and VAR_PARTIAL compare the function name, bound dict and 4944 * arguments. */ 4945 if ((tv1->v_type == VAR_FUNC 4946 || (tv1->v_type == VAR_PARTIAL && tv1->vval.v_partial != NULL)) 4947 && (tv2->v_type == VAR_FUNC 4948 || (tv2->v_type == VAR_PARTIAL && tv2->vval.v_partial != NULL))) 4949 { 4950 ++recursive_cnt; 4951 r = func_equal(tv1, tv2, ic); 4952 --recursive_cnt; 4953 return r; 4954 } 4955 4956 if (tv1->v_type != tv2->v_type) 4957 return FALSE; 4958 4959 switch (tv1->v_type) 4960 { 4961 case VAR_LIST: 4962 ++recursive_cnt; 4963 r = list_equal(tv1->vval.v_list, tv2->vval.v_list, ic, TRUE); 4964 --recursive_cnt; 4965 return r; 4966 4967 case VAR_DICT: 4968 ++recursive_cnt; 4969 r = dict_equal(tv1->vval.v_dict, tv2->vval.v_dict, ic, TRUE); 4970 --recursive_cnt; 4971 return r; 4972 4973 case VAR_NUMBER: 4974 return tv1->vval.v_number == tv2->vval.v_number; 4975 4976 case VAR_STRING: 4977 s1 = get_tv_string_buf(tv1, buf1); 4978 s2 = get_tv_string_buf(tv2, buf2); 4979 return ((ic ? MB_STRICMP(s1, s2) : STRCMP(s1, s2)) == 0); 4980 4981 case VAR_SPECIAL: 4982 return tv1->vval.v_number == tv2->vval.v_number; 4983 4984 case VAR_FLOAT: 4985 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 4986 return tv1->vval.v_float == tv2->vval.v_float; 4987 #endif 4988 case VAR_JOB: 4989 #ifdef FEAT_JOB_CHANNEL 4990 return tv1->vval.v_job == tv2->vval.v_job; 4991 #endif 4992 case VAR_CHANNEL: 4993 #ifdef FEAT_JOB_CHANNEL 4994 return tv1->vval.v_channel == tv2->vval.v_channel; 4995 #endif 4996 case VAR_FUNC: 4997 case VAR_PARTIAL: 4998 case VAR_UNKNOWN: 4999 break; 5000 } 5001 5002 /* VAR_UNKNOWN can be the result of a invalid expression, let's say it 5003 * does not equal anything, not even itself. */ 5004 return FALSE; 5005 } 5006 5007 /* 5008 * Return the next (unique) copy ID. 5009 * Used for serializing nested structures. 5010 */ 5011 int 5012 get_copyID(void) 5013 { 5014 current_copyID += COPYID_INC; 5015 return current_copyID; 5016 } 5017 5018 /* 5019 * Garbage collection for lists and dictionaries. 5020 * 5021 * We use reference counts to be able to free most items right away when they 5022 * are no longer used. But for composite items it's possible that it becomes 5023 * unused while the reference count is > 0: When there is a recursive 5024 * reference. Example: 5025 * :let l = [1, 2, 3] 5026 * :let d = {9: l} 5027 * :let l[1] = d 5028 * 5029 * Since this is quite unusual we handle this with garbage collection: every 5030 * once in a while find out which lists and dicts are not referenced from any 5031 * variable. 5032 * 5033 * Here is a good reference text about garbage collection (refers to Python 5034 * but it applies to all reference-counting mechanisms): 5035 * http://python.ca/nas/python/gc/ 5036 */ 5037 5038 /* 5039 * Do garbage collection for lists and dicts. 5040 * When "testing" is TRUE this is called from test_garbagecollect_now(). 5041 * Return TRUE if some memory was freed. 5042 */ 5043 int 5044 garbage_collect(int testing) 5045 { 5046 int copyID; 5047 int abort = FALSE; 5048 buf_T *buf; 5049 win_T *wp; 5050 int i; 5051 int did_free = FALSE; 5052 tabpage_T *tp; 5053 5054 if (!testing) 5055 { 5056 /* Only do this once. */ 5057 want_garbage_collect = FALSE; 5058 may_garbage_collect = FALSE; 5059 garbage_collect_at_exit = FALSE; 5060 } 5061 5062 /* We advance by two because we add one for items referenced through 5063 * previous_funccal. */ 5064 copyID = get_copyID(); 5065 5066 /* 5067 * 1. Go through all accessible variables and mark all lists and dicts 5068 * with copyID. 5069 */ 5070 5071 /* Don't free variables in the previous_funccal list unless they are only 5072 * referenced through previous_funccal. This must be first, because if 5073 * the item is referenced elsewhere the funccal must not be freed. */ 5074 abort = abort || set_ref_in_previous_funccal(copyID); 5075 5076 /* script-local variables */ 5077 for (i = 1; i <= ga_scripts.ga_len; ++i) 5078 abort = abort || set_ref_in_ht(&SCRIPT_VARS(i), copyID, NULL); 5079 5080 /* buffer-local variables */ 5081 FOR_ALL_BUFFERS(buf) 5082 abort = abort || set_ref_in_item(&buf->b_bufvar.di_tv, copyID, 5083 NULL, NULL); 5084 5085 /* window-local variables */ 5086 FOR_ALL_TAB_WINDOWS(tp, wp) 5087 abort = abort || set_ref_in_item(&wp->w_winvar.di_tv, copyID, 5088 NULL, NULL); 5089 if (aucmd_win != NULL) 5090 abort = abort || set_ref_in_item(&aucmd_win->w_winvar.di_tv, copyID, 5091 NULL, NULL); 5092 5093 /* tabpage-local variables */ 5094 FOR_ALL_TABPAGES(tp) 5095 abort = abort || set_ref_in_item(&tp->tp_winvar.di_tv, copyID, 5096 NULL, NULL); 5097 /* global variables */ 5098 abort = abort || set_ref_in_ht(&globvarht, copyID, NULL); 5099 5100 /* function-local variables */ 5101 abort = abort || set_ref_in_call_stack(copyID); 5102 5103 /* named functions (matters for closures) */ 5104 abort = abort || set_ref_in_functions(copyID); 5105 5106 /* function call arguments, if v:testing is set. */ 5107 abort = abort || set_ref_in_func_args(copyID); 5108 5109 /* v: vars */ 5110 abort = abort || set_ref_in_ht(&vimvarht, copyID, NULL); 5111 5112 #ifdef FEAT_LUA 5113 abort = abort || set_ref_in_lua(copyID); 5114 #endif 5115 5116 #ifdef FEAT_PYTHON 5117 abort = abort || set_ref_in_python(copyID); 5118 #endif 5119 5120 #ifdef FEAT_PYTHON3 5121 abort = abort || set_ref_in_python3(copyID); 5122 #endif 5123 5124 #ifdef FEAT_JOB_CHANNEL 5125 abort = abort || set_ref_in_channel(copyID); 5126 abort = abort || set_ref_in_job(copyID); 5127 #endif 5128 #ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG 5129 abort = abort || set_ref_in_nb_channel(copyID); 5130 #endif 5131 5132 #ifdef FEAT_TIMERS 5133 abort = abort || set_ref_in_timer(copyID); 5134 #endif 5135 5136 #ifdef FEAT_QUICKFIX 5137 abort = abort || set_ref_in_quickfix(copyID); 5138 #endif 5139 5140 #ifdef FEAT_TERMINAL 5141 abort = abort || set_ref_in_term(copyID); 5142 #endif 5143 5144 if (!abort) 5145 { 5146 /* 5147 * 2. Free lists and dictionaries that are not referenced. 5148 */ 5149 did_free = free_unref_items(copyID); 5150 5151 /* 5152 * 3. Check if any funccal can be freed now. 5153 * This may call us back recursively. 5154 */ 5155 free_unref_funccal(copyID, testing); 5156 } 5157 else if (p_verbose > 0) 5158 { 5159 verb_msg((char_u *)_("Not enough memory to set references, garbage collection aborted!")); 5160 } 5161 5162 return did_free; 5163 } 5164 5165 /* 5166 * Free lists, dictionaries, channels and jobs that are no longer referenced. 5167 */ 5168 static int 5169 free_unref_items(int copyID) 5170 { 5171 int did_free = FALSE; 5172 5173 /* Let all "free" functions know that we are here. This means no 5174 * dictionaries, lists, channels or jobs are to be freed, because we will 5175 * do that here. */ 5176 in_free_unref_items = TRUE; 5177 5178 /* 5179 * PASS 1: free the contents of the items. We don't free the items 5180 * themselves yet, so that it is possible to decrement refcount counters 5181 */ 5182 5183 /* Go through the list of dicts and free items without the copyID. */ 5184 did_free |= dict_free_nonref(copyID); 5185 5186 /* Go through the list of lists and free items without the copyID. */ 5187 did_free |= list_free_nonref(copyID); 5188 5189 #ifdef FEAT_JOB_CHANNEL 5190 /* Go through the list of jobs and free items without the copyID. This 5191 * must happen before doing channels, because jobs refer to channels, but 5192 * the reference from the channel to the job isn't tracked. */ 5193 did_free |= free_unused_jobs_contents(copyID, COPYID_MASK); 5194 5195 /* Go through the list of channels and free items without the copyID. */ 5196 did_free |= free_unused_channels_contents(copyID, COPYID_MASK); 5197 #endif 5198 5199 /* 5200 * PASS 2: free the items themselves. 5201 */ 5202 dict_free_items(copyID); 5203 list_free_items(copyID); 5204 5205 #ifdef FEAT_JOB_CHANNEL 5206 /* Go through the list of jobs and free items without the copyID. This 5207 * must happen before doing channels, because jobs refer to channels, but 5208 * the reference from the channel to the job isn't tracked. */ 5209 free_unused_jobs(copyID, COPYID_MASK); 5210 5211 /* Go through the list of channels and free items without the copyID. */ 5212 free_unused_channels(copyID, COPYID_MASK); 5213 #endif 5214 5215 in_free_unref_items = FALSE; 5216 5217 return did_free; 5218 } 5219 5220 /* 5221 * Mark all lists and dicts referenced through hashtab "ht" with "copyID". 5222 * "list_stack" is used to add lists to be marked. Can be NULL. 5223 * 5224 * Returns TRUE if setting references failed somehow. 5225 */ 5226 int 5227 set_ref_in_ht(hashtab_T *ht, int copyID, list_stack_T **list_stack) 5228 { 5229 int todo; 5230 int abort = FALSE; 5231 hashitem_T *hi; 5232 hashtab_T *cur_ht; 5233 ht_stack_T *ht_stack = NULL; 5234 ht_stack_T *tempitem; 5235 5236 cur_ht = ht; 5237 for (;;) 5238 { 5239 if (!abort) 5240 { 5241 /* Mark each item in the hashtab. If the item contains a hashtab 5242 * it is added to ht_stack, if it contains a list it is added to 5243 * list_stack. */ 5244 todo = (int)cur_ht->ht_used; 5245 for (hi = cur_ht->ht_array; todo > 0; ++hi) 5246 if (!HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi)) 5247 { 5248 --todo; 5249 abort = abort || set_ref_in_item(&HI2DI(hi)->di_tv, copyID, 5250 &ht_stack, list_stack); 5251 } 5252 } 5253 5254 if (ht_stack == NULL) 5255 break; 5256 5257 /* take an item from the stack */ 5258 cur_ht = ht_stack->ht; 5259 tempitem = ht_stack; 5260 ht_stack = ht_stack->prev; 5261 free(tempitem); 5262 } 5263 5264 return abort; 5265 } 5266 5267 /* 5268 * Mark all lists and dicts referenced through list "l" with "copyID". 5269 * "ht_stack" is used to add hashtabs to be marked. Can be NULL. 5270 * 5271 * Returns TRUE if setting references failed somehow. 5272 */ 5273 int 5274 set_ref_in_list(list_T *l, int copyID, ht_stack_T **ht_stack) 5275 { 5276 listitem_T *li; 5277 int abort = FALSE; 5278 list_T *cur_l; 5279 list_stack_T *list_stack = NULL; 5280 list_stack_T *tempitem; 5281 5282 cur_l = l; 5283 for (;;) 5284 { 5285 if (!abort) 5286 /* Mark each item in the list. If the item contains a hashtab 5287 * it is added to ht_stack, if it contains a list it is added to 5288 * list_stack. */ 5289 for (li = cur_l->lv_first; !abort && li != NULL; li = li->li_next) 5290 abort = abort || set_ref_in_item(&li->li_tv, copyID, 5291 ht_stack, &list_stack); 5292 if (list_stack == NULL) 5293 break; 5294 5295 /* take an item from the stack */ 5296 cur_l = list_stack->list; 5297 tempitem = list_stack; 5298 list_stack = list_stack->prev; 5299 free(tempitem); 5300 } 5301 5302 return abort; 5303 } 5304 5305 /* 5306 * Mark all lists and dicts referenced through typval "tv" with "copyID". 5307 * "list_stack" is used to add lists to be marked. Can be NULL. 5308 * "ht_stack" is used to add hashtabs to be marked. Can be NULL. 5309 * 5310 * Returns TRUE if setting references failed somehow. 5311 */ 5312 int 5313 set_ref_in_item( 5314 typval_T *tv, 5315 int copyID, 5316 ht_stack_T **ht_stack, 5317 list_stack_T **list_stack) 5318 { 5319 int abort = FALSE; 5320 5321 if (tv->v_type == VAR_DICT) 5322 { 5323 dict_T *dd = tv->vval.v_dict; 5324 5325 if (dd != NULL && dd->dv_copyID != copyID) 5326 { 5327 /* Didn't see this dict yet. */ 5328 dd->dv_copyID = copyID; 5329 if (ht_stack == NULL) 5330 { 5331 abort = set_ref_in_ht(&dd->dv_hashtab, copyID, list_stack); 5332 } 5333 else 5334 { 5335 ht_stack_T *newitem = (ht_stack_T*)malloc(sizeof(ht_stack_T)); 5336 if (newitem == NULL) 5337 abort = TRUE; 5338 else 5339 { 5340 newitem->ht = &dd->dv_hashtab; 5341 newitem->prev = *ht_stack; 5342 *ht_stack = newitem; 5343 } 5344 } 5345 } 5346 } 5347 else if (tv->v_type == VAR_LIST) 5348 { 5349 list_T *ll = tv->vval.v_list; 5350 5351 if (ll != NULL && ll->lv_copyID != copyID) 5352 { 5353 /* Didn't see this list yet. */ 5354 ll->lv_copyID = copyID; 5355 if (list_stack == NULL) 5356 { 5357 abort = set_ref_in_list(ll, copyID, ht_stack); 5358 } 5359 else 5360 { 5361 list_stack_T *newitem = (list_stack_T*)malloc( 5362 sizeof(list_stack_T)); 5363 if (newitem == NULL) 5364 abort = TRUE; 5365 else 5366 { 5367 newitem->list = ll; 5368 newitem->prev = *list_stack; 5369 *list_stack = newitem; 5370 } 5371 } 5372 } 5373 } 5374 else if (tv->v_type == VAR_FUNC) 5375 { 5376 abort = set_ref_in_func(tv->vval.v_string, NULL, copyID); 5377 } 5378 else if (tv->v_type == VAR_PARTIAL) 5379 { 5380 partial_T *pt = tv->vval.v_partial; 5381 int i; 5382 5383 /* A partial does not have a copyID, because it cannot contain itself. 5384 */ 5385 if (pt != NULL) 5386 { 5387 abort = set_ref_in_func(pt->pt_name, pt->pt_func, copyID); 5388 5389 if (pt->pt_dict != NULL) 5390 { 5391 typval_T dtv; 5392 5393 dtv.v_type = VAR_DICT; 5394 dtv.vval.v_dict = pt->pt_dict; 5395 set_ref_in_item(&dtv, copyID, ht_stack, list_stack); 5396 } 5397 5398 for (i = 0; i < pt->pt_argc; ++i) 5399 abort = abort || set_ref_in_item(&pt->pt_argv[i], copyID, 5400 ht_stack, list_stack); 5401 } 5402 } 5403 #ifdef FEAT_JOB_CHANNEL 5404 else if (tv->v_type == VAR_JOB) 5405 { 5406 job_T *job = tv->vval.v_job; 5407 typval_T dtv; 5408 5409 if (job != NULL && job->jv_copyID != copyID) 5410 { 5411 job->jv_copyID = copyID; 5412 if (job->jv_channel != NULL) 5413 { 5414 dtv.v_type = VAR_CHANNEL; 5415 dtv.vval.v_channel = job->jv_channel; 5416 set_ref_in_item(&dtv, copyID, ht_stack, list_stack); 5417 } 5418 if (job->jv_exit_partial != NULL) 5419 { 5420 dtv.v_type = VAR_PARTIAL; 5421 dtv.vval.v_partial = job->jv_exit_partial; 5422 set_ref_in_item(&dtv, copyID, ht_stack, list_stack); 5423 } 5424 } 5425 } 5426 else if (tv->v_type == VAR_CHANNEL) 5427 { 5428 channel_T *ch =tv->vval.v_channel; 5429 ch_part_T part; 5430 typval_T dtv; 5431 jsonq_T *jq; 5432 cbq_T *cq; 5433 5434 if (ch != NULL && ch->ch_copyID != copyID) 5435 { 5436 ch->ch_copyID = copyID; 5437 for (part = PART_SOCK; part < PART_COUNT; ++part) 5438 { 5439 for (jq = ch->ch_part[part].ch_json_head.jq_next; jq != NULL; 5440 jq = jq->jq_next) 5441 set_ref_in_item(jq->jq_value, copyID, ht_stack, list_stack); 5442 for (cq = ch->ch_part[part].ch_cb_head.cq_next; cq != NULL; 5443 cq = cq->cq_next) 5444 if (cq->cq_partial != NULL) 5445 { 5446 dtv.v_type = VAR_PARTIAL; 5447 dtv.vval.v_partial = cq->cq_partial; 5448 set_ref_in_item(&dtv, copyID, ht_stack, list_stack); 5449 } 5450 if (ch->ch_part[part].ch_partial != NULL) 5451 { 5452 dtv.v_type = VAR_PARTIAL; 5453 dtv.vval.v_partial = ch->ch_part[part].ch_partial; 5454 set_ref_in_item(&dtv, copyID, ht_stack, list_stack); 5455 } 5456 } 5457 if (ch->ch_partial != NULL) 5458 { 5459 dtv.v_type = VAR_PARTIAL; 5460 dtv.vval.v_partial = ch->ch_partial; 5461 set_ref_in_item(&dtv, copyID, ht_stack, list_stack); 5462 } 5463 if (ch->ch_close_partial != NULL) 5464 { 5465 dtv.v_type = VAR_PARTIAL; 5466 dtv.vval.v_partial = ch->ch_close_partial; 5467 set_ref_in_item(&dtv, copyID, ht_stack, list_stack); 5468 } 5469 } 5470 } 5471 #endif 5472 return abort; 5473 } 5474 5475 static char * 5476 get_var_special_name(int nr) 5477 { 5478 switch (nr) 5479 { 5480 case VVAL_FALSE: return "v:false"; 5481 case VVAL_TRUE: return "v:true"; 5482 case VVAL_NONE: return "v:none"; 5483 case VVAL_NULL: return "v:null"; 5484 } 5485 internal_error("get_var_special_name()"); 5486 return "42"; 5487 } 5488 5489 /* 5490 * Return a string with the string representation of a variable. 5491 * If the memory is allocated "tofree" is set to it, otherwise NULL. 5492 * "numbuf" is used for a number. 5493 * When "copyID" is not NULL replace recursive lists and dicts with "...". 5494 * When both "echo_style" and "composite_val" are FALSE, put quotes around 5495 * stings as "string()", otherwise does not put quotes around strings, as 5496 * ":echo" displays values. 5497 * When "restore_copyID" is FALSE, repeated items in dictionaries and lists 5498 * are replaced with "...". 5499 * May return NULL. 5500 */ 5501 char_u * 5502 echo_string_core( 5503 typval_T *tv, 5504 char_u **tofree, 5505 char_u *numbuf, 5506 int copyID, 5507 int echo_style, 5508 int restore_copyID, 5509 int composite_val) 5510 { 5511 static int recurse = 0; 5512 char_u *r = NULL; 5513 5514 if (recurse >= DICT_MAXNEST) 5515 { 5516 if (!did_echo_string_emsg) 5517 { 5518 /* Only give this message once for a recursive call to avoid 5519 * flooding the user with errors. And stop iterating over lists 5520 * and dicts. */ 5521 did_echo_string_emsg = TRUE; 5522 EMSG(_("E724: variable nested too deep for displaying")); 5523 } 5524 *tofree = NULL; 5525 return (char_u *)"{E724}"; 5526 } 5527 ++recurse; 5528 5529 switch (tv->v_type) 5530 { 5531 case VAR_STRING: 5532 if (echo_style && !composite_val) 5533 { 5534 *tofree = NULL; 5535 r = tv->vval.v_string; 5536 if (r == NULL) 5537 r = (char_u *)""; 5538 } 5539 else 5540 { 5541 *tofree = string_quote(tv->vval.v_string, FALSE); 5542 r = *tofree; 5543 } 5544 break; 5545 5546 case VAR_FUNC: 5547 if (echo_style) 5548 { 5549 *tofree = NULL; 5550 r = tv->vval.v_string; 5551 } 5552 else 5553 { 5554 *tofree = string_quote(tv->vval.v_string, TRUE); 5555 r = *tofree; 5556 } 5557 break; 5558 5559 case VAR_PARTIAL: 5560 { 5561 partial_T *pt = tv->vval.v_partial; 5562 char_u *fname = string_quote(pt == NULL ? NULL 5563 : partial_name(pt), FALSE); 5564 garray_T ga; 5565 int i; 5566 char_u *tf; 5567 5568 ga_init2(&ga, 1, 100); 5569 ga_concat(&ga, (char_u *)"function("); 5570 if (fname != NULL) 5571 { 5572 ga_concat(&ga, fname); 5573 vim_free(fname); 5574 } 5575 if (pt != NULL && pt->pt_argc > 0) 5576 { 5577 ga_concat(&ga, (char_u *)", ["); 5578 for (i = 0; i < pt->pt_argc; ++i) 5579 { 5580 if (i > 0) 5581 ga_concat(&ga, (char_u *)", "); 5582 ga_concat(&ga, 5583 tv2string(&pt->pt_argv[i], &tf, numbuf, copyID)); 5584 vim_free(tf); 5585 } 5586 ga_concat(&ga, (char_u *)"]"); 5587 } 5588 if (pt != NULL && pt->pt_dict != NULL) 5589 { 5590 typval_T dtv; 5591 5592 ga_concat(&ga, (char_u *)", "); 5593 dtv.v_type = VAR_DICT; 5594 dtv.vval.v_dict = pt->pt_dict; 5595 ga_concat(&ga, tv2string(&dtv, &tf, numbuf, copyID)); 5596 vim_free(tf); 5597 } 5598 ga_concat(&ga, (char_u *)")"); 5599 5600 *tofree = ga.ga_data; 5601 r = *tofree; 5602 break; 5603 } 5604 5605 case VAR_LIST: 5606 if (tv->vval.v_list == NULL) 5607 { 5608 *tofree = NULL; 5609 r = NULL; 5610 } 5611 else if (copyID != 0 && tv->vval.v_list->lv_copyID == copyID 5612 && tv->vval.v_list->lv_len > 0) 5613 { 5614 *tofree = NULL; 5615 r = (char_u *)"[...]"; 5616 } 5617 else 5618 { 5619 int old_copyID = tv->vval.v_list->lv_copyID; 5620 5621 tv->vval.v_list->lv_copyID = copyID; 5622 *tofree = list2string(tv, copyID, restore_copyID); 5623 if (restore_copyID) 5624 tv->vval.v_list->lv_copyID = old_copyID; 5625 r = *tofree; 5626 } 5627 break; 5628 5629 case VAR_DICT: 5630 if (tv->vval.v_dict == NULL) 5631 { 5632 *tofree = NULL; 5633 r = NULL; 5634 } 5635 else if (copyID != 0 && tv->vval.v_dict->dv_copyID == copyID 5636 && tv->vval.v_dict->dv_hashtab.ht_used != 0) 5637 { 5638 *tofree = NULL; 5639 r = (char_u *)"{...}"; 5640 } 5641 else 5642 { 5643 int old_copyID = tv->vval.v_dict->dv_copyID; 5644 tv->vval.v_dict->dv_copyID = copyID; 5645 *tofree = dict2string(tv, copyID, restore_copyID); 5646 if (restore_copyID) 5647 tv->vval.v_dict->dv_copyID = old_copyID; 5648 r = *tofree; 5649 } 5650 break; 5651 5652 case VAR_NUMBER: 5653 case VAR_UNKNOWN: 5654 *tofree = NULL; 5655 r = get_tv_string_buf(tv, numbuf); 5656 break; 5657 5658 case VAR_JOB: 5659 case VAR_CHANNEL: 5660 *tofree = NULL; 5661 r = get_tv_string_buf(tv, numbuf); 5662 if (composite_val) 5663 { 5664 *tofree = string_quote(r, FALSE); 5665 r = *tofree; 5666 } 5667 break; 5668 5669 case VAR_FLOAT: 5670 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 5671 *tofree = NULL; 5672 vim_snprintf((char *)numbuf, NUMBUFLEN, "%g", tv->vval.v_float); 5673 r = numbuf; 5674 break; 5675 #endif 5676 5677 case VAR_SPECIAL: 5678 *tofree = NULL; 5679 r = (char_u *)get_var_special_name(tv->vval.v_number); 5680 break; 5681 } 5682 5683 if (--recurse == 0) 5684 did_echo_string_emsg = FALSE; 5685 return r; 5686 } 5687 5688 /* 5689 * Return a string with the string representation of a variable. 5690 * If the memory is allocated "tofree" is set to it, otherwise NULL. 5691 * "numbuf" is used for a number. 5692 * Does not put quotes around strings, as ":echo" displays values. 5693 * When "copyID" is not NULL replace recursive lists and dicts with "...". 5694 * May return NULL. 5695 */ 5696 char_u * 5697 echo_string( 5698 typval_T *tv, 5699 char_u **tofree, 5700 char_u *numbuf, 5701 int copyID) 5702 { 5703 return echo_string_core(tv, tofree, numbuf, copyID, TRUE, FALSE, FALSE); 5704 } 5705 5706 /* 5707 * Return a string with the string representation of a variable. 5708 * If the memory is allocated "tofree" is set to it, otherwise NULL. 5709 * "numbuf" is used for a number. 5710 * Puts quotes around strings, so that they can be parsed back by eval(). 5711 * May return NULL. 5712 */ 5713 char_u * 5714 tv2string( 5715 typval_T *tv, 5716 char_u **tofree, 5717 char_u *numbuf, 5718 int copyID) 5719 { 5720 return echo_string_core(tv, tofree, numbuf, copyID, FALSE, TRUE, FALSE); 5721 } 5722 5723 /* 5724 * Return string "str" in ' quotes, doubling ' characters. 5725 * If "str" is NULL an empty string is assumed. 5726 * If "function" is TRUE make it function('string'). 5727 */ 5728 char_u * 5729 string_quote(char_u *str, int function) 5730 { 5731 unsigned len; 5732 char_u *p, *r, *s; 5733 5734 len = (function ? 13 : 3); 5735 if (str != NULL) 5736 { 5737 len += (unsigned)STRLEN(str); 5738 for (p = str; *p != NUL; MB_PTR_ADV(p)) 5739 if (*p == '\'') 5740 ++len; 5741 } 5742 s = r = alloc(len); 5743 if (r != NULL) 5744 { 5745 if (function) 5746 { 5747 STRCPY(r, "function('"); 5748 r += 10; 5749 } 5750 else 5751 *r++ = '\''; 5752 if (str != NULL) 5753 for (p = str; *p != NUL; ) 5754 { 5755 if (*p == '\'') 5756 *r++ = '\''; 5757 MB_COPY_CHAR(p, r); 5758 } 5759 *r++ = '\''; 5760 if (function) 5761 *r++ = ')'; 5762 *r++ = NUL; 5763 } 5764 return s; 5765 } 5766 5767 #if defined(FEAT_FLOAT) || defined(PROTO) 5768 /* 5769 * Convert the string "text" to a floating point number. 5770 * This uses strtod(). setlocale(LC_NUMERIC, "C") has been used to make sure 5771 * this always uses a decimal point. 5772 * Returns the length of the text that was consumed. 5773 */ 5774 int 5775 string2float( 5776 char_u *text, 5777 float_T *value) /* result stored here */ 5778 { 5779 char *s = (char *)text; 5780 float_T f; 5781 5782 /* MS-Windows does not deal with "inf" and "nan" properly. */ 5783 if (STRNICMP(text, "inf", 3) == 0) 5784 { 5785 *value = INFINITY; 5786 return 3; 5787 } 5788 if (STRNICMP(text, "-inf", 3) == 0) 5789 { 5790 *value = -INFINITY; 5791 return 4; 5792 } 5793 if (STRNICMP(text, "nan", 3) == 0) 5794 { 5795 *value = NAN; 5796 return 3; 5797 } 5798 f = strtod(s, &s); 5799 *value = f; 5800 return (int)((char_u *)s - text); 5801 } 5802 #endif 5803 5804 /* 5805 * Get the value of an environment variable. 5806 * "arg" is pointing to the '$'. It is advanced to after the name. 5807 * If the environment variable was not set, silently assume it is empty. 5808 * Return FAIL if the name is invalid. 5809 */ 5810 static int 5811 get_env_tv(char_u **arg, typval_T *rettv, int evaluate) 5812 { 5813 char_u *string = NULL; 5814 int len; 5815 int cc; 5816 char_u *name; 5817 int mustfree = FALSE; 5818 5819 ++*arg; 5820 name = *arg; 5821 len = get_env_len(arg); 5822 if (evaluate) 5823 { 5824 if (len == 0) 5825 return FAIL; /* invalid empty name */ 5826 5827 cc = name[len]; 5828 name[len] = NUL; 5829 /* first try vim_getenv(), fast for normal environment vars */ 5830 string = vim_getenv(name, &mustfree); 5831 if (string != NULL && *string != NUL) 5832 { 5833 if (!mustfree) 5834 string = vim_strsave(string); 5835 } 5836 else 5837 { 5838 if (mustfree) 5839 vim_free(string); 5840 5841 /* next try expanding things like $VIM and ${HOME} */ 5842 string = expand_env_save(name - 1); 5843 if (string != NULL && *string == '$') 5844 VIM_CLEAR(string); 5845 } 5846 name[len] = cc; 5847 5848 rettv->v_type = VAR_STRING; 5849 rettv->vval.v_string = string; 5850 } 5851 5852 return OK; 5853 } 5854 5855 5856 5857 /* 5858 * Translate a String variable into a position. 5859 * Returns NULL when there is an error. 5860 */ 5861 pos_T * 5862 var2fpos( 5863 typval_T *varp, 5864 int dollar_lnum, /* TRUE when $ is last line */ 5865 int *fnum) /* set to fnum for '0, 'A, etc. */ 5866 { 5867 char_u *name; 5868 static pos_T pos; 5869 pos_T *pp; 5870 5871 /* Argument can be [lnum, col, coladd]. */ 5872 if (varp->v_type == VAR_LIST) 5873 { 5874 list_T *l; 5875 int len; 5876 int error = FALSE; 5877 listitem_T *li; 5878 5879 l = varp->vval.v_list; 5880 if (l == NULL) 5881 return NULL; 5882 5883 /* Get the line number */ 5884 pos.lnum = list_find_nr(l, 0L, &error); 5885 if (error || pos.lnum <= 0 || pos.lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) 5886 return NULL; /* invalid line number */ 5887 5888 /* Get the column number */ 5889 pos.col = list_find_nr(l, 1L, &error); 5890 if (error) 5891 return NULL; 5892 len = (long)STRLEN(ml_get(pos.lnum)); 5893 5894 /* We accept "$" for the column number: last column. */ 5895 li = list_find(l, 1L); 5896 if (li != NULL && li->li_tv.v_type == VAR_STRING 5897 && li->li_tv.vval.v_string != NULL 5898 && STRCMP(li->li_tv.vval.v_string, "$") == 0) 5899 pos.col = len + 1; 5900 5901 /* Accept a position up to the NUL after the line. */ 5902 if (pos.col == 0 || (int)pos.col > len + 1) 5903 return NULL; /* invalid column number */ 5904 --pos.col; 5905 5906 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT 5907 /* Get the virtual offset. Defaults to zero. */ 5908 pos.coladd = list_find_nr(l, 2L, &error); 5909 if (error) 5910 pos.coladd = 0; 5911 #endif 5912 5913 return &pos; 5914 } 5915 5916 name = get_tv_string_chk(varp); 5917 if (name == NULL) 5918 return NULL; 5919 if (name[0] == '.') /* cursor */ 5920 return &curwin->w_cursor; 5921 if (name[0] == 'v' && name[1] == NUL) /* Visual start */ 5922 { 5923 if (VIsual_active) 5924 return &VIsual; 5925 return &curwin->w_cursor; 5926 } 5927 if (name[0] == '\'') /* mark */ 5928 { 5929 pp = getmark_buf_fnum(curbuf, name[1], FALSE, fnum); 5930 if (pp == NULL || pp == (pos_T *)-1 || pp->lnum <= 0) 5931 return NULL; 5932 return pp; 5933 } 5934 5935 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT 5936 pos.coladd = 0; 5937 #endif 5938 5939 if (name[0] == 'w' && dollar_lnum) 5940 { 5941 pos.col = 0; 5942 if (name[1] == '0') /* "w0": first visible line */ 5943 { 5944 update_topline(); 5945 /* In silent Ex mode topline is zero, but that's not a valid line 5946 * number; use one instead. */ 5947 pos.lnum = curwin->w_topline > 0 ? curwin->w_topline : 1; 5948 return &pos; 5949 } 5950 else if (name[1] == '$') /* "w$": last visible line */ 5951 { 5952 validate_botline(); 5953 /* In silent Ex mode botline is zero, return zero then. */ 5954 pos.lnum = curwin->w_botline > 0 ? curwin->w_botline - 1 : 0; 5955 return &pos; 5956 } 5957 } 5958 else if (name[0] == '$') /* last column or line */ 5959 { 5960 if (dollar_lnum) 5961 { 5962 pos.lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; 5963 pos.col = 0; 5964 } 5965 else 5966 { 5967 pos.lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; 5968 pos.col = (colnr_T)STRLEN(ml_get_curline()); 5969 } 5970 return &pos; 5971 } 5972 return NULL; 5973 } 5974 5975 /* 5976 * Convert list in "arg" into a position and optional file number. 5977 * When "fnump" is NULL there is no file number, only 3 items. 5978 * Note that the column is passed on as-is, the caller may want to decrement 5979 * it to use 1 for the first column. 5980 * Return FAIL when conversion is not possible, doesn't check the position for 5981 * validity. 5982 */ 5983 int 5984 list2fpos( 5985 typval_T *arg, 5986 pos_T *posp, 5987 int *fnump, 5988 colnr_T *curswantp) 5989 { 5990 list_T *l = arg->vval.v_list; 5991 long i = 0; 5992 long n; 5993 5994 /* List must be: [fnum, lnum, col, coladd, curswant], where "fnum" is only 5995 * there when "fnump" isn't NULL; "coladd" and "curswant" are optional. */ 5996 if (arg->v_type != VAR_LIST 5997 || l == NULL 5998 || l->lv_len < (fnump == NULL ? 2 : 3) 5999 || l->lv_len > (fnump == NULL ? 4 : 5)) 6000 return FAIL; 6001 6002 if (fnump != NULL) 6003 { 6004 n = list_find_nr(l, i++, NULL); /* fnum */ 6005 if (n < 0) 6006 return FAIL; 6007 if (n == 0) 6008 n = curbuf->b_fnum; /* current buffer */ 6009 *fnump = n; 6010 } 6011 6012 n = list_find_nr(l, i++, NULL); /* lnum */ 6013 if (n < 0) 6014 return FAIL; 6015 posp->lnum = n; 6016 6017 n = list_find_nr(l, i++, NULL); /* col */ 6018 if (n < 0) 6019 return FAIL; 6020 posp->col = n; 6021 6022 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT 6023 n = list_find_nr(l, i, NULL); /* off */ 6024 if (n < 0) 6025 posp->coladd = 0; 6026 else 6027 posp->coladd = n; 6028 #endif 6029 6030 if (curswantp != NULL) 6031 *curswantp = list_find_nr(l, i + 1, NULL); /* curswant */ 6032 6033 return OK; 6034 } 6035 6036 /* 6037 * Get the length of an environment variable name. 6038 * Advance "arg" to the first character after the name. 6039 * Return 0 for error. 6040 */ 6041 static int 6042 get_env_len(char_u **arg) 6043 { 6044 char_u *p; 6045 int len; 6046 6047 for (p = *arg; vim_isIDc(*p); ++p) 6048 ; 6049 if (p == *arg) /* no name found */ 6050 return 0; 6051 6052 len = (int)(p - *arg); 6053 *arg = p; 6054 return len; 6055 } 6056 6057 /* 6058 * Get the length of the name of a function or internal variable. 6059 * "arg" is advanced to the first non-white character after the name. 6060 * Return 0 if something is wrong. 6061 */ 6062 int 6063 get_id_len(char_u **arg) 6064 { 6065 char_u *p; 6066 int len; 6067 6068 /* Find the end of the name. */ 6069 for (p = *arg; eval_isnamec(*p); ++p) 6070 { 6071 if (*p == ':') 6072 { 6073 /* "s:" is start of "s:var", but "n:" is not and can be used in 6074 * slice "[n:]". Also "xx:" is not a namespace. */ 6075 len = (int)(p - *arg); 6076 if ((len == 1 && vim_strchr(NAMESPACE_CHAR, **arg) == NULL) 6077 || len > 1) 6078 break; 6079 } 6080 } 6081 if (p == *arg) /* no name found */ 6082 return 0; 6083 6084 len = (int)(p - *arg); 6085 *arg = skipwhite(p); 6086 6087 return len; 6088 } 6089 6090 /* 6091 * Get the length of the name of a variable or function. 6092 * Only the name is recognized, does not handle ".key" or "[idx]". 6093 * "arg" is advanced to the first non-white character after the name. 6094 * Return -1 if curly braces expansion failed. 6095 * Return 0 if something else is wrong. 6096 * If the name contains 'magic' {}'s, expand them and return the 6097 * expanded name in an allocated string via 'alias' - caller must free. 6098 */ 6099 int 6100 get_name_len( 6101 char_u **arg, 6102 char_u **alias, 6103 int evaluate, 6104 int verbose) 6105 { 6106 int len; 6107 char_u *p; 6108 char_u *expr_start; 6109 char_u *expr_end; 6110 6111 *alias = NULL; /* default to no alias */ 6112 6113 if ((*arg)[0] == K_SPECIAL && (*arg)[1] == KS_EXTRA 6114 && (*arg)[2] == (int)KE_SNR) 6115 { 6116 /* hard coded <SNR>, already translated */ 6117 *arg += 3; 6118 return get_id_len(arg) + 3; 6119 } 6120 len = eval_fname_script(*arg); 6121 if (len > 0) 6122 { 6123 /* literal "<SID>", "s:" or "<SNR>" */ 6124 *arg += len; 6125 } 6126 6127 /* 6128 * Find the end of the name; check for {} construction. 6129 */ 6130 p = find_name_end(*arg, &expr_start, &expr_end, 6131 len > 0 ? 0 : FNE_CHECK_START); 6132 if (expr_start != NULL) 6133 { 6134 char_u *temp_string; 6135 6136 if (!evaluate) 6137 { 6138 len += (int)(p - *arg); 6139 *arg = skipwhite(p); 6140 return len; 6141 } 6142 6143 /* 6144 * Include any <SID> etc in the expanded string: 6145 * Thus the -len here. 6146 */ 6147 temp_string = make_expanded_name(*arg - len, expr_start, expr_end, p); 6148 if (temp_string == NULL) 6149 return -1; 6150 *alias = temp_string; 6151 *arg = skipwhite(p); 6152 return (int)STRLEN(temp_string); 6153 } 6154 6155 len += get_id_len(arg); 6156 if (len == 0 && verbose) 6157 EMSG2(_(e_invexpr2), *arg); 6158 6159 return len; 6160 } 6161 6162 /* 6163 * Find the end of a variable or function name, taking care of magic braces. 6164 * If "expr_start" is not NULL then "expr_start" and "expr_end" are set to the 6165 * start and end of the first magic braces item. 6166 * "flags" can have FNE_INCL_BR and FNE_CHECK_START. 6167 * Return a pointer to just after the name. Equal to "arg" if there is no 6168 * valid name. 6169 */ 6170 char_u * 6171 find_name_end( 6172 char_u *arg, 6173 char_u **expr_start, 6174 char_u **expr_end, 6175 int flags) 6176 { 6177 int mb_nest = 0; 6178 int br_nest = 0; 6179 char_u *p; 6180 int len; 6181 6182 if (expr_start != NULL) 6183 { 6184 *expr_start = NULL; 6185 *expr_end = NULL; 6186 } 6187 6188 /* Quick check for valid starting character. */ 6189 if ((flags & FNE_CHECK_START) && !eval_isnamec1(*arg) && *arg != '{') 6190 return arg; 6191 6192 for (p = arg; *p != NUL 6193 && (eval_isnamec(*p) 6194 || *p == '{' 6195 || ((flags & FNE_INCL_BR) && (*p == '[' || *p == '.')) 6196 || mb_nest != 0 6197 || br_nest != 0); MB_PTR_ADV(p)) 6198 { 6199 if (*p == '\'') 6200 { 6201 /* skip over 'string' to avoid counting [ and ] inside it. */ 6202 for (p = p + 1; *p != NUL && *p != '\''; MB_PTR_ADV(p)) 6203 ; 6204 if (*p == NUL) 6205 break; 6206 } 6207 else if (*p == '"') 6208 { 6209 /* skip over "str\"ing" to avoid counting [ and ] inside it. */ 6210 for (p = p + 1; *p != NUL && *p != '"'; MB_PTR_ADV(p)) 6211 if (*p == '\\' && p[1] != NUL) 6212 ++p; 6213 if (*p == NUL) 6214 break; 6215 } 6216 else if (br_nest == 0 && mb_nest == 0 && *p == ':') 6217 { 6218 /* "s:" is start of "s:var", but "n:" is not and can be used in 6219 * slice "[n:]". Also "xx:" is not a namespace. But {ns}: is. */ 6220 len = (int)(p - arg); 6221 if ((len == 1 && vim_strchr(NAMESPACE_CHAR, *arg) == NULL) 6222 || (len > 1 && p[-1] != '}')) 6223 break; 6224 } 6225 6226 if (mb_nest == 0) 6227 { 6228 if (*p == '[') 6229 ++br_nest; 6230 else if (*p == ']') 6231 --br_nest; 6232 } 6233 6234 if (br_nest == 0) 6235 { 6236 if (*p == '{') 6237 { 6238 mb_nest++; 6239 if (expr_start != NULL && *expr_start == NULL) 6240 *expr_start = p; 6241 } 6242 else if (*p == '}') 6243 { 6244 mb_nest--; 6245 if (expr_start != NULL && mb_nest == 0 && *expr_end == NULL) 6246 *expr_end = p; 6247 } 6248 } 6249 } 6250 6251 return p; 6252 } 6253 6254 /* 6255 * Expands out the 'magic' {}'s in a variable/function name. 6256 * Note that this can call itself recursively, to deal with 6257 * constructs like foo{bar}{baz}{bam} 6258 * The four pointer arguments point to "foo{expre}ss{ion}bar" 6259 * "in_start" ^ 6260 * "expr_start" ^ 6261 * "expr_end" ^ 6262 * "in_end" ^ 6263 * 6264 * Returns a new allocated string, which the caller must free. 6265 * Returns NULL for failure. 6266 */ 6267 static char_u * 6268 make_expanded_name( 6269 char_u *in_start, 6270 char_u *expr_start, 6271 char_u *expr_end, 6272 char_u *in_end) 6273 { 6274 char_u c1; 6275 char_u *retval = NULL; 6276 char_u *temp_result; 6277 char_u *nextcmd = NULL; 6278 6279 if (expr_end == NULL || in_end == NULL) 6280 return NULL; 6281 *expr_start = NUL; 6282 *expr_end = NUL; 6283 c1 = *in_end; 6284 *in_end = NUL; 6285 6286 temp_result = eval_to_string(expr_start + 1, &nextcmd, FALSE); 6287 if (temp_result != NULL && nextcmd == NULL) 6288 { 6289 retval = alloc((unsigned)(STRLEN(temp_result) + (expr_start - in_start) 6290 + (in_end - expr_end) + 1)); 6291 if (retval != NULL) 6292 { 6293 STRCPY(retval, in_start); 6294 STRCAT(retval, temp_result); 6295 STRCAT(retval, expr_end + 1); 6296 } 6297 } 6298 vim_free(temp_result); 6299 6300 *in_end = c1; /* put char back for error messages */ 6301 *expr_start = '{'; 6302 *expr_end = '}'; 6303 6304 if (retval != NULL) 6305 { 6306 temp_result = find_name_end(retval, &expr_start, &expr_end, 0); 6307 if (expr_start != NULL) 6308 { 6309 /* Further expansion! */ 6310 temp_result = make_expanded_name(retval, expr_start, 6311 expr_end, temp_result); 6312 vim_free(retval); 6313 retval = temp_result; 6314 } 6315 } 6316 6317 return retval; 6318 } 6319 6320 /* 6321 * Return TRUE if character "c" can be used in a variable or function name. 6322 * Does not include '{' or '}' for magic braces. 6323 */ 6324 int 6325 eval_isnamec(int c) 6326 { 6327 return (ASCII_ISALNUM(c) || c == '_' || c == ':' || c == AUTOLOAD_CHAR); 6328 } 6329 6330 /* 6331 * Return TRUE if character "c" can be used as the first character in a 6332 * variable or function name (excluding '{' and '}'). 6333 */ 6334 int 6335 eval_isnamec1(int c) 6336 { 6337 return (ASCII_ISALPHA(c) || c == '_'); 6338 } 6339 6340 /* 6341 * Set number v: variable to "val". 6342 */ 6343 void 6344 set_vim_var_nr(int idx, varnumber_T val) 6345 { 6346 vimvars[idx].vv_nr = val; 6347 } 6348 6349 /* 6350 * Get number v: variable value. 6351 */ 6352 varnumber_T 6353 get_vim_var_nr(int idx) 6354 { 6355 return vimvars[idx].vv_nr; 6356 } 6357 6358 /* 6359 * Get string v: variable value. Uses a static buffer, can only be used once. 6360 * If the String variable has never been set, return an empty string. 6361 * Never returns NULL; 6362 */ 6363 char_u * 6364 get_vim_var_str(int idx) 6365 { 6366 return get_tv_string(&vimvars[idx].vv_tv); 6367 } 6368 6369 /* 6370 * Get List v: variable value. Caller must take care of reference count when 6371 * needed. 6372 */ 6373 list_T * 6374 get_vim_var_list(int idx) 6375 { 6376 return vimvars[idx].vv_list; 6377 } 6378 6379 /* 6380 * Get Dict v: variable value. Caller must take care of reference count when 6381 * needed. 6382 */ 6383 dict_T * 6384 get_vim_var_dict(int idx) 6385 { 6386 return vimvars[idx].vv_dict; 6387 } 6388 6389 /* 6390 * Set v:char to character "c". 6391 */ 6392 void 6393 set_vim_var_char(int c) 6394 { 6395 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES + 1]; 6396 6397 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6398 if (has_mbyte) 6399 buf[(*mb_char2bytes)(c, buf)] = NUL; 6400 else 6401 #endif 6402 { 6403 buf[0] = c; 6404 buf[1] = NUL; 6405 } 6406 set_vim_var_string(VV_CHAR, buf, -1); 6407 } 6408 6409 /* 6410 * Set v:count to "count" and v:count1 to "count1". 6411 * When "set_prevcount" is TRUE first set v:prevcount from v:count. 6412 */ 6413 void 6414 set_vcount( 6415 long count, 6416 long count1, 6417 int set_prevcount) 6418 { 6419 if (set_prevcount) 6420 vimvars[VV_PREVCOUNT].vv_nr = vimvars[VV_COUNT].vv_nr; 6421 vimvars[VV_COUNT].vv_nr = count; 6422 vimvars[VV_COUNT1].vv_nr = count1; 6423 } 6424 6425 /* 6426 * Save variables that might be changed as a side effect. Used when executing 6427 * a timer callback. 6428 */ 6429 void 6430 save_vimvars(vimvars_save_T *vvsave) 6431 { 6432 vvsave->vv_prevcount = vimvars[VV_PREVCOUNT].vv_nr; 6433 vvsave->vv_count = vimvars[VV_COUNT].vv_nr; 6434 vvsave->vv_count1 = vimvars[VV_COUNT1].vv_nr; 6435 } 6436 6437 /* 6438 * Restore variables saved by save_vimvars(). 6439 */ 6440 void 6441 restore_vimvars(vimvars_save_T *vvsave) 6442 { 6443 vimvars[VV_PREVCOUNT].vv_nr = vvsave->vv_prevcount; 6444 vimvars[VV_COUNT].vv_nr = vvsave->vv_count; 6445 vimvars[VV_COUNT1].vv_nr = vvsave->vv_count1; 6446 } 6447 6448 /* 6449 * Set string v: variable to a copy of "val". 6450 */ 6451 void 6452 set_vim_var_string( 6453 int idx, 6454 char_u *val, 6455 int len) /* length of "val" to use or -1 (whole string) */ 6456 { 6457 clear_tv(&vimvars[idx].vv_di.di_tv); 6458 vimvars[idx].vv_type = VAR_STRING; 6459 if (val == NULL) 6460 vimvars[idx].vv_str = NULL; 6461 else if (len == -1) 6462 vimvars[idx].vv_str = vim_strsave(val); 6463 else 6464 vimvars[idx].vv_str = vim_strnsave(val, len); 6465 } 6466 6467 /* 6468 * Set List v: variable to "val". 6469 */ 6470 void 6471 set_vim_var_list(int idx, list_T *val) 6472 { 6473 clear_tv(&vimvars[idx].vv_di.di_tv); 6474 vimvars[idx].vv_type = VAR_LIST; 6475 vimvars[idx].vv_list = val; 6476 if (val != NULL) 6477 ++val->lv_refcount; 6478 } 6479 6480 /* 6481 * Set Dictionary v: variable to "val". 6482 */ 6483 void 6484 set_vim_var_dict(int idx, dict_T *val) 6485 { 6486 clear_tv(&vimvars[idx].vv_di.di_tv); 6487 vimvars[idx].vv_type = VAR_DICT; 6488 vimvars[idx].vv_dict = val; 6489 if (val != NULL) 6490 { 6491 ++val->dv_refcount; 6492 dict_set_items_ro(val); 6493 } 6494 } 6495 6496 /* 6497 * Set v:register if needed. 6498 */ 6499 void 6500 set_reg_var(int c) 6501 { 6502 char_u regname; 6503 6504 if (c == 0 || c == ' ') 6505 regname = '"'; 6506 else 6507 regname = c; 6508 /* Avoid free/alloc when the value is already right. */ 6509 if (vimvars[VV_REG].vv_str == NULL || vimvars[VV_REG].vv_str[0] != c) 6510 set_vim_var_string(VV_REG, ®name, 1); 6511 } 6512 6513 /* 6514 * Get or set v:exception. If "oldval" == NULL, return the current value. 6515 * Otherwise, restore the value to "oldval" and return NULL. 6516 * Must always be called in pairs to save and restore v:exception! Does not 6517 * take care of memory allocations. 6518 */ 6519 char_u * 6520 v_exception(char_u *oldval) 6521 { 6522 if (oldval == NULL) 6523 return vimvars[VV_EXCEPTION].vv_str; 6524 6525 vimvars[VV_EXCEPTION].vv_str = oldval; 6526 return NULL; 6527 } 6528 6529 /* 6530 * Get or set v:throwpoint. If "oldval" == NULL, return the current value. 6531 * Otherwise, restore the value to "oldval" and return NULL. 6532 * Must always be called in pairs to save and restore v:throwpoint! Does not 6533 * take care of memory allocations. 6534 */ 6535 char_u * 6536 v_throwpoint(char_u *oldval) 6537 { 6538 if (oldval == NULL) 6539 return vimvars[VV_THROWPOINT].vv_str; 6540 6541 vimvars[VV_THROWPOINT].vv_str = oldval; 6542 return NULL; 6543 } 6544 6545 /* 6546 * Set v:cmdarg. 6547 * If "eap" != NULL, use "eap" to generate the value and return the old value. 6548 * If "oldarg" != NULL, restore the value to "oldarg" and return NULL. 6549 * Must always be called in pairs! 6550 */ 6551 char_u * 6552 set_cmdarg(exarg_T *eap, char_u *oldarg) 6553 { 6554 char_u *oldval; 6555 char_u *newval; 6556 unsigned len; 6557 6558 oldval = vimvars[VV_CMDARG].vv_str; 6559 if (eap == NULL) 6560 { 6561 vim_free(oldval); 6562 vimvars[VV_CMDARG].vv_str = oldarg; 6563 return NULL; 6564 } 6565 6566 if (eap->force_bin == FORCE_BIN) 6567 len = 6; 6568 else if (eap->force_bin == FORCE_NOBIN) 6569 len = 8; 6570 else 6571 len = 0; 6572 6573 if (eap->read_edit) 6574 len += 7; 6575 6576 if (eap->force_ff != 0) 6577 len += 10; /* " ++ff=unix" */ 6578 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6579 if (eap->force_enc != 0) 6580 len += (unsigned)STRLEN(eap->cmd + eap->force_enc) + 7; 6581 if (eap->bad_char != 0) 6582 len += 7 + 4; /* " ++bad=" + "keep" or "drop" */ 6583 # endif 6584 6585 newval = alloc(len + 1); 6586 if (newval == NULL) 6587 return NULL; 6588 6589 if (eap->force_bin == FORCE_BIN) 6590 sprintf((char *)newval, " ++bin"); 6591 else if (eap->force_bin == FORCE_NOBIN) 6592 sprintf((char *)newval, " ++nobin"); 6593 else 6594 *newval = NUL; 6595 6596 if (eap->read_edit) 6597 STRCAT(newval, " ++edit"); 6598 6599 if (eap->force_ff != 0) 6600 sprintf((char *)newval + STRLEN(newval), " ++ff=%s", 6601 eap->force_ff == 'u' ? "unix" 6602 : eap->force_ff == 'd' ? "dos" 6603 : "mac"); 6604 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6605 if (eap->force_enc != 0) 6606 sprintf((char *)newval + STRLEN(newval), " ++enc=%s", 6607 eap->cmd + eap->force_enc); 6608 if (eap->bad_char == BAD_KEEP) 6609 STRCPY(newval + STRLEN(newval), " ++bad=keep"); 6610 else if (eap->bad_char == BAD_DROP) 6611 STRCPY(newval + STRLEN(newval), " ++bad=drop"); 6612 else if (eap->bad_char != 0) 6613 sprintf((char *)newval + STRLEN(newval), " ++bad=%c", eap->bad_char); 6614 #endif 6615 vimvars[VV_CMDARG].vv_str = newval; 6616 return oldval; 6617 } 6618 6619 /* 6620 * Get the value of internal variable "name". 6621 * Return OK or FAIL. If OK is returned "rettv" must be cleared. 6622 */ 6623 int 6624 get_var_tv( 6625 char_u *name, 6626 int len, /* length of "name" */ 6627 typval_T *rettv, /* NULL when only checking existence */ 6628 dictitem_T **dip, /* non-NULL when typval's dict item is needed */ 6629 int verbose, /* may give error message */ 6630 int no_autoload) /* do not use script autoloading */ 6631 { 6632 int ret = OK; 6633 typval_T *tv = NULL; 6634 dictitem_T *v; 6635 int cc; 6636 6637 /* truncate the name, so that we can use strcmp() */ 6638 cc = name[len]; 6639 name[len] = NUL; 6640 6641 /* 6642 * Check for user-defined variables. 6643 */ 6644 v = find_var(name, NULL, no_autoload); 6645 if (v != NULL) 6646 { 6647 tv = &v->di_tv; 6648 if (dip != NULL) 6649 *dip = v; 6650 } 6651 6652 if (tv == NULL) 6653 { 6654 if (rettv != NULL && verbose) 6655 EMSG2(_(e_undefvar), name); 6656 ret = FAIL; 6657 } 6658 else if (rettv != NULL) 6659 copy_tv(tv, rettv); 6660 6661 name[len] = cc; 6662 6663 return ret; 6664 } 6665 6666 /* 6667 * Check if variable "name[len]" is a local variable or an argument. 6668 * If so, "*eval_lavars_used" is set to TRUE. 6669 */ 6670 static void 6671 check_vars(char_u *name, int len) 6672 { 6673 int cc; 6674 char_u *varname; 6675 hashtab_T *ht; 6676 6677 if (eval_lavars_used == NULL) 6678 return; 6679 6680 /* truncate the name, so that we can use strcmp() */ 6681 cc = name[len]; 6682 name[len] = NUL; 6683 6684 ht = find_var_ht(name, &varname); 6685 if (ht == get_funccal_local_ht() || ht == get_funccal_args_ht()) 6686 { 6687 if (find_var(name, NULL, TRUE) != NULL) 6688 *eval_lavars_used = TRUE; 6689 } 6690 6691 name[len] = cc; 6692 } 6693 6694 /* 6695 * Handle expr[expr], expr[expr:expr] subscript and .name lookup. 6696 * Also handle function call with Funcref variable: func(expr) 6697 * Can all be combined: dict.func(expr)[idx]['func'](expr) 6698 */ 6699 int 6700 handle_subscript( 6701 char_u **arg, 6702 typval_T *rettv, 6703 int evaluate, /* do more than finding the end */ 6704 int verbose) /* give error messages */ 6705 { 6706 int ret = OK; 6707 dict_T *selfdict = NULL; 6708 char_u *s; 6709 int len; 6710 typval_T functv; 6711 6712 while (ret == OK 6713 && (**arg == '[' 6714 || (**arg == '.' && rettv->v_type == VAR_DICT) 6715 || (**arg == '(' && (!evaluate || rettv->v_type == VAR_FUNC 6716 || rettv->v_type == VAR_PARTIAL))) 6717 && !VIM_ISWHITE(*(*arg - 1))) 6718 { 6719 if (**arg == '(') 6720 { 6721 partial_T *pt = NULL; 6722 6723 /* need to copy the funcref so that we can clear rettv */ 6724 if (evaluate) 6725 { 6726 functv = *rettv; 6727 rettv->v_type = VAR_UNKNOWN; 6728 6729 /* Invoke the function. Recursive! */ 6730 if (functv.v_type == VAR_PARTIAL) 6731 { 6732 pt = functv.vval.v_partial; 6733 s = partial_name(pt); 6734 } 6735 else 6736 s = functv.vval.v_string; 6737 } 6738 else 6739 s = (char_u *)""; 6740 ret = get_func_tv(s, (int)STRLEN(s), rettv, arg, 6741 curwin->w_cursor.lnum, curwin->w_cursor.lnum, 6742 &len, evaluate, pt, selfdict); 6743 6744 /* Clear the funcref afterwards, so that deleting it while 6745 * evaluating the arguments is possible (see test55). */ 6746 if (evaluate) 6747 clear_tv(&functv); 6748 6749 /* Stop the expression evaluation when immediately aborting on 6750 * error, or when an interrupt occurred or an exception was thrown 6751 * but not caught. */ 6752 if (aborting()) 6753 { 6754 if (ret == OK) 6755 clear_tv(rettv); 6756 ret = FAIL; 6757 } 6758 dict_unref(selfdict); 6759 selfdict = NULL; 6760 } 6761 else /* **arg == '[' || **arg == '.' */ 6762 { 6763 dict_unref(selfdict); 6764 if (rettv->v_type == VAR_DICT) 6765 { 6766 selfdict = rettv->vval.v_dict; 6767 if (selfdict != NULL) 6768 ++selfdict->dv_refcount; 6769 } 6770 else 6771 selfdict = NULL; 6772 if (eval_index(arg, rettv, evaluate, verbose) == FAIL) 6773 { 6774 clear_tv(rettv); 6775 ret = FAIL; 6776 } 6777 } 6778 } 6779 6780 /* Turn "dict.Func" into a partial for "Func" bound to "dict". 6781 * Don't do this when "Func" is already a partial that was bound 6782 * explicitly (pt_auto is FALSE). */ 6783 if (selfdict != NULL 6784 && (rettv->v_type == VAR_FUNC 6785 || (rettv->v_type == VAR_PARTIAL 6786 && (rettv->vval.v_partial->pt_auto 6787 || rettv->vval.v_partial->pt_dict == NULL)))) 6788 selfdict = make_partial(selfdict, rettv); 6789 6790 dict_unref(selfdict); 6791 return ret; 6792 } 6793 6794 /* 6795 * Allocate memory for a variable type-value, and make it empty (0 or NULL 6796 * value). 6797 */ 6798 typval_T * 6799 alloc_tv(void) 6800 { 6801 return (typval_T *)alloc_clear((unsigned)sizeof(typval_T)); 6802 } 6803 6804 /* 6805 * Allocate memory for a variable type-value, and assign a string to it. 6806 * The string "s" must have been allocated, it is consumed. 6807 * Return NULL for out of memory, the variable otherwise. 6808 */ 6809 static typval_T * 6810 alloc_string_tv(char_u *s) 6811 { 6812 typval_T *rettv; 6813 6814 rettv = alloc_tv(); 6815 if (rettv != NULL) 6816 { 6817 rettv->v_type = VAR_STRING; 6818 rettv->vval.v_string = s; 6819 } 6820 else 6821 vim_free(s); 6822 return rettv; 6823 } 6824 6825 /* 6826 * Free the memory for a variable type-value. 6827 */ 6828 void 6829 free_tv(typval_T *varp) 6830 { 6831 if (varp != NULL) 6832 { 6833 switch (varp->v_type) 6834 { 6835 case VAR_FUNC: 6836 func_unref(varp->vval.v_string); 6837 /* FALLTHROUGH */ 6838 case VAR_STRING: 6839 vim_free(varp->vval.v_string); 6840 break; 6841 case VAR_PARTIAL: 6842 partial_unref(varp->vval.v_partial); 6843 break; 6844 case VAR_LIST: 6845 list_unref(varp->vval.v_list); 6846 break; 6847 case VAR_DICT: 6848 dict_unref(varp->vval.v_dict); 6849 break; 6850 case VAR_JOB: 6851 #ifdef FEAT_JOB_CHANNEL 6852 job_unref(varp->vval.v_job); 6853 break; 6854 #endif 6855 case VAR_CHANNEL: 6856 #ifdef FEAT_JOB_CHANNEL 6857 channel_unref(varp->vval.v_channel); 6858 break; 6859 #endif 6860 case VAR_NUMBER: 6861 case VAR_FLOAT: 6862 case VAR_UNKNOWN: 6863 case VAR_SPECIAL: 6864 break; 6865 } 6866 vim_free(varp); 6867 } 6868 } 6869 6870 /* 6871 * Free the memory for a variable value and set the value to NULL or 0. 6872 */ 6873 void 6874 clear_tv(typval_T *varp) 6875 { 6876 if (varp != NULL) 6877 { 6878 switch (varp->v_type) 6879 { 6880 case VAR_FUNC: 6881 func_unref(varp->vval.v_string); 6882 /* FALLTHROUGH */ 6883 case VAR_STRING: 6884 VIM_CLEAR(varp->vval.v_string); 6885 break; 6886 case VAR_PARTIAL: 6887 partial_unref(varp->vval.v_partial); 6888 varp->vval.v_partial = NULL; 6889 break; 6890 case VAR_LIST: 6891 list_unref(varp->vval.v_list); 6892 varp->vval.v_list = NULL; 6893 break; 6894 case VAR_DICT: 6895 dict_unref(varp->vval.v_dict); 6896 varp->vval.v_dict = NULL; 6897 break; 6898 case VAR_NUMBER: 6899 case VAR_SPECIAL: 6900 varp->vval.v_number = 0; 6901 break; 6902 case VAR_FLOAT: 6903 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 6904 varp->vval.v_float = 0.0; 6905 break; 6906 #endif 6907 case VAR_JOB: 6908 #ifdef FEAT_JOB_CHANNEL 6909 job_unref(varp->vval.v_job); 6910 varp->vval.v_job = NULL; 6911 #endif 6912 break; 6913 case VAR_CHANNEL: 6914 #ifdef FEAT_JOB_CHANNEL 6915 channel_unref(varp->vval.v_channel); 6916 varp->vval.v_channel = NULL; 6917 #endif 6918 case VAR_UNKNOWN: 6919 break; 6920 } 6921 varp->v_lock = 0; 6922 } 6923 } 6924 6925 /* 6926 * Set the value of a variable to NULL without freeing items. 6927 */ 6928 void 6929 init_tv(typval_T *varp) 6930 { 6931 if (varp != NULL) 6932 vim_memset(varp, 0, sizeof(typval_T)); 6933 } 6934 6935 /* 6936 * Get the number value of a variable. 6937 * If it is a String variable, uses vim_str2nr(). 6938 * For incompatible types, return 0. 6939 * get_tv_number_chk() is similar to get_tv_number(), but informs the 6940 * caller of incompatible types: it sets *denote to TRUE if "denote" 6941 * is not NULL or returns -1 otherwise. 6942 */ 6943 varnumber_T 6944 get_tv_number(typval_T *varp) 6945 { 6946 int error = FALSE; 6947 6948 return get_tv_number_chk(varp, &error); /* return 0L on error */ 6949 } 6950 6951 varnumber_T 6952 get_tv_number_chk(typval_T *varp, int *denote) 6953 { 6954 varnumber_T n = 0L; 6955 6956 switch (varp->v_type) 6957 { 6958 case VAR_NUMBER: 6959 return varp->vval.v_number; 6960 case VAR_FLOAT: 6961 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 6962 EMSG(_("E805: Using a Float as a Number")); 6963 break; 6964 #endif 6965 case VAR_FUNC: 6966 case VAR_PARTIAL: 6967 EMSG(_("E703: Using a Funcref as a Number")); 6968 break; 6969 case VAR_STRING: 6970 if (varp->vval.v_string != NULL) 6971 vim_str2nr(varp->vval.v_string, NULL, NULL, 6972 STR2NR_ALL, &n, NULL, 0); 6973 return n; 6974 case VAR_LIST: 6975 EMSG(_("E745: Using a List as a Number")); 6976 break; 6977 case VAR_DICT: 6978 EMSG(_("E728: Using a Dictionary as a Number")); 6979 break; 6980 case VAR_SPECIAL: 6981 return varp->vval.v_number == VVAL_TRUE ? 1 : 0; 6982 break; 6983 case VAR_JOB: 6984 #ifdef FEAT_JOB_CHANNEL 6985 EMSG(_("E910: Using a Job as a Number")); 6986 break; 6987 #endif 6988 case VAR_CHANNEL: 6989 #ifdef FEAT_JOB_CHANNEL 6990 EMSG(_("E913: Using a Channel as a Number")); 6991 break; 6992 #endif 6993 case VAR_UNKNOWN: 6994 internal_error("get_tv_number(UNKNOWN)"); 6995 break; 6996 } 6997 if (denote == NULL) /* useful for values that must be unsigned */ 6998 n = -1; 6999 else 7000 *denote = TRUE; 7001 return n; 7002 } 7003 7004 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 7005 float_T 7006 get_tv_float(typval_T *varp) 7007 { 7008 switch (varp->v_type) 7009 { 7010 case VAR_NUMBER: 7011 return (float_T)(varp->vval.v_number); 7012 case VAR_FLOAT: 7013 return varp->vval.v_float; 7014 case VAR_FUNC: 7015 case VAR_PARTIAL: 7016 EMSG(_("E891: Using a Funcref as a Float")); 7017 break; 7018 case VAR_STRING: 7019 EMSG(_("E892: Using a String as a Float")); 7020 break; 7021 case VAR_LIST: 7022 EMSG(_("E893: Using a List as a Float")); 7023 break; 7024 case VAR_DICT: 7025 EMSG(_("E894: Using a Dictionary as a Float")); 7026 break; 7027 case VAR_SPECIAL: 7028 EMSG(_("E907: Using a special value as a Float")); 7029 break; 7030 case VAR_JOB: 7031 # ifdef FEAT_JOB_CHANNEL 7032 EMSG(_("E911: Using a Job as a Float")); 7033 break; 7034 # endif 7035 case VAR_CHANNEL: 7036 # ifdef FEAT_JOB_CHANNEL 7037 EMSG(_("E914: Using a Channel as a Float")); 7038 break; 7039 # endif 7040 case VAR_UNKNOWN: 7041 internal_error("get_tv_float(UNKNOWN)"); 7042 break; 7043 } 7044 return 0; 7045 } 7046 #endif 7047 7048 /* 7049 * Get the string value of a variable. 7050 * If it is a Number variable, the number is converted into a string. 7051 * get_tv_string() uses a single, static buffer. YOU CAN ONLY USE IT ONCE! 7052 * get_tv_string_buf() uses a given buffer. 7053 * If the String variable has never been set, return an empty string. 7054 * Never returns NULL; 7055 * get_tv_string_chk() and get_tv_string_buf_chk() are similar, but return 7056 * NULL on error. 7057 */ 7058 char_u * 7059 get_tv_string(typval_T *varp) 7060 { 7061 static char_u mybuf[NUMBUFLEN]; 7062 7063 return get_tv_string_buf(varp, mybuf); 7064 } 7065 7066 char_u * 7067 get_tv_string_buf(typval_T *varp, char_u *buf) 7068 { 7069 char_u *res = get_tv_string_buf_chk(varp, buf); 7070 7071 return res != NULL ? res : (char_u *)""; 7072 } 7073 7074 /* 7075 * Careful: This uses a single, static buffer. YOU CAN ONLY USE IT ONCE! 7076 */ 7077 char_u * 7078 get_tv_string_chk(typval_T *varp) 7079 { 7080 static char_u mybuf[NUMBUFLEN]; 7081 7082 return get_tv_string_buf_chk(varp, mybuf); 7083 } 7084 7085 char_u * 7086 get_tv_string_buf_chk(typval_T *varp, char_u *buf) 7087 { 7088 switch (varp->v_type) 7089 { 7090 case VAR_NUMBER: 7091 vim_snprintf((char *)buf, NUMBUFLEN, "%lld", 7092 (long long)varp->vval.v_number); 7093 return buf; 7094 case VAR_FUNC: 7095 case VAR_PARTIAL: 7096 EMSG(_("E729: using Funcref as a String")); 7097 break; 7098 case VAR_LIST: 7099 EMSG(_("E730: using List as a String")); 7100 break; 7101 case VAR_DICT: 7102 EMSG(_("E731: using Dictionary as a String")); 7103 break; 7104 case VAR_FLOAT: 7105 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 7106 EMSG(_(e_float_as_string)); 7107 break; 7108 #endif 7109 case VAR_STRING: 7110 if (varp->vval.v_string != NULL) 7111 return varp->vval.v_string; 7112 return (char_u *)""; 7113 case VAR_SPECIAL: 7114 STRCPY(buf, get_var_special_name(varp->vval.v_number)); 7115 return buf; 7116 case VAR_JOB: 7117 #ifdef FEAT_JOB_CHANNEL 7118 { 7119 job_T *job = varp->vval.v_job; 7120 char *status; 7121 7122 if (job == NULL) 7123 return (char_u *)"no process"; 7124 status = job->jv_status == JOB_FAILED ? "fail" 7125 : job->jv_status >= JOB_ENDED ? "dead" 7126 : "run"; 7127 # ifdef UNIX 7128 vim_snprintf((char *)buf, NUMBUFLEN, 7129 "process %ld %s", (long)job->jv_pid, status); 7130 # elif defined(WIN32) 7131 vim_snprintf((char *)buf, NUMBUFLEN, 7132 "process %ld %s", 7133 (long)job->jv_proc_info.dwProcessId, 7134 status); 7135 # else 7136 /* fall-back */ 7137 vim_snprintf((char *)buf, NUMBUFLEN, "process ? %s", status); 7138 # endif 7139 return buf; 7140 } 7141 #endif 7142 break; 7143 case VAR_CHANNEL: 7144 #ifdef FEAT_JOB_CHANNEL 7145 { 7146 channel_T *channel = varp->vval.v_channel; 7147 char *status = channel_status(channel, -1); 7148 7149 if (channel == NULL) 7150 vim_snprintf((char *)buf, NUMBUFLEN, "channel %s", status); 7151 else 7152 vim_snprintf((char *)buf, NUMBUFLEN, 7153 "channel %d %s", channel->ch_id, status); 7154 return buf; 7155 } 7156 #endif 7157 break; 7158 case VAR_UNKNOWN: 7159 EMSG(_("E908: using an invalid value as a String")); 7160 break; 7161 } 7162 return NULL; 7163 } 7164 7165 /* 7166 * Find variable "name" in the list of variables. 7167 * Return a pointer to it if found, NULL if not found. 7168 * Careful: "a:0" variables don't have a name. 7169 * When "htp" is not NULL we are writing to the variable, set "htp" to the 7170 * hashtab_T used. 7171 */ 7172 dictitem_T * 7173 find_var(char_u *name, hashtab_T **htp, int no_autoload) 7174 { 7175 char_u *varname; 7176 hashtab_T *ht; 7177 dictitem_T *ret = NULL; 7178 7179 ht = find_var_ht(name, &varname); 7180 if (htp != NULL) 7181 *htp = ht; 7182 if (ht == NULL) 7183 return NULL; 7184 ret = find_var_in_ht(ht, *name, varname, no_autoload || htp != NULL); 7185 if (ret != NULL) 7186 return ret; 7187 7188 /* Search in parent scope for lambda */ 7189 return find_var_in_scoped_ht(name, no_autoload || htp != NULL); 7190 } 7191 7192 /* 7193 * Find variable "varname" in hashtab "ht" with name "htname". 7194 * Returns NULL if not found. 7195 */ 7196 dictitem_T * 7197 find_var_in_ht( 7198 hashtab_T *ht, 7199 int htname, 7200 char_u *varname, 7201 int no_autoload) 7202 { 7203 hashitem_T *hi; 7204 7205 if (*varname == NUL) 7206 { 7207 /* Must be something like "s:", otherwise "ht" would be NULL. */ 7208 switch (htname) 7209 { 7210 case 's': return &SCRIPT_SV(current_sctx.sc_sid)->sv_var; 7211 case 'g': return &globvars_var; 7212 case 'v': return &vimvars_var; 7213 case 'b': return &curbuf->b_bufvar; 7214 case 'w': return &curwin->w_winvar; 7215 case 't': return &curtab->tp_winvar; 7216 case 'l': return get_funccal_local_var(); 7217 case 'a': return get_funccal_args_var(); 7218 } 7219 return NULL; 7220 } 7221 7222 hi = hash_find(ht, varname); 7223 if (HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi)) 7224 { 7225 /* For global variables we may try auto-loading the script. If it 7226 * worked find the variable again. Don't auto-load a script if it was 7227 * loaded already, otherwise it would be loaded every time when 7228 * checking if a function name is a Funcref variable. */ 7229 if (ht == &globvarht && !no_autoload) 7230 { 7231 /* Note: script_autoload() may make "hi" invalid. It must either 7232 * be obtained again or not used. */ 7233 if (!script_autoload(varname, FALSE) || aborting()) 7234 return NULL; 7235 hi = hash_find(ht, varname); 7236 } 7237 if (HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi)) 7238 return NULL; 7239 } 7240 return HI2DI(hi); 7241 } 7242 7243 /* 7244 * Find the hashtab used for a variable name. 7245 * Return NULL if the name is not valid. 7246 * Set "varname" to the start of name without ':'. 7247 */ 7248 hashtab_T * 7249 find_var_ht(char_u *name, char_u **varname) 7250 { 7251 hashitem_T *hi; 7252 hashtab_T *ht; 7253 7254 if (name[0] == NUL) 7255 return NULL; 7256 if (name[1] != ':') 7257 { 7258 /* The name must not start with a colon or #. */ 7259 if (name[0] == ':' || name[0] == AUTOLOAD_CHAR) 7260 return NULL; 7261 *varname = name; 7262 7263 /* "version" is "v:version" in all scopes */ 7264 hi = hash_find(&compat_hashtab, name); 7265 if (!HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi)) 7266 return &compat_hashtab; 7267 7268 ht = get_funccal_local_ht(); 7269 if (ht == NULL) 7270 return &globvarht; /* global variable */ 7271 return ht; /* local variable */ 7272 } 7273 *varname = name + 2; 7274 if (*name == 'g') /* global variable */ 7275 return &globvarht; 7276 /* There must be no ':' or '#' in the rest of the name, unless g: is used 7277 */ 7278 if (vim_strchr(name + 2, ':') != NULL 7279 || vim_strchr(name + 2, AUTOLOAD_CHAR) != NULL) 7280 return NULL; 7281 if (*name == 'b') /* buffer variable */ 7282 return &curbuf->b_vars->dv_hashtab; 7283 if (*name == 'w') /* window variable */ 7284 return &curwin->w_vars->dv_hashtab; 7285 if (*name == 't') /* tab page variable */ 7286 return &curtab->tp_vars->dv_hashtab; 7287 if (*name == 'v') /* v: variable */ 7288 return &vimvarht; 7289 if (*name == 'a') /* a: function argument */ 7290 return get_funccal_args_ht(); 7291 if (*name == 'l') /* l: local function variable */ 7292 return get_funccal_local_ht(); 7293 if (*name == 's' /* script variable */ 7294 && current_sctx.sc_sid > 0 && current_sctx.sc_sid <= ga_scripts.ga_len) 7295 return &SCRIPT_VARS(current_sctx.sc_sid); 7296 return NULL; 7297 } 7298 7299 /* 7300 * Get the string value of a (global/local) variable. 7301 * Note: see get_tv_string() for how long the pointer remains valid. 7302 * Returns NULL when it doesn't exist. 7303 */ 7304 char_u * 7305 get_var_value(char_u *name) 7306 { 7307 dictitem_T *v; 7308 7309 v = find_var(name, NULL, FALSE); 7310 if (v == NULL) 7311 return NULL; 7312 return get_tv_string(&v->di_tv); 7313 } 7314 7315 /* 7316 * Allocate a new hashtab for a sourced script. It will be used while 7317 * sourcing this script and when executing functions defined in the script. 7318 */ 7319 void 7320 new_script_vars(scid_T id) 7321 { 7322 int i; 7323 hashtab_T *ht; 7324 scriptvar_T *sv; 7325 7326 if (ga_grow(&ga_scripts, (int)(id - ga_scripts.ga_len)) == OK) 7327 { 7328 /* Re-allocating ga_data means that an ht_array pointing to 7329 * ht_smallarray becomes invalid. We can recognize this: ht_mask is 7330 * at its init value. Also reset "v_dict", it's always the same. */ 7331 for (i = 1; i <= ga_scripts.ga_len; ++i) 7332 { 7333 ht = &SCRIPT_VARS(i); 7334 if (ht->ht_mask == HT_INIT_SIZE - 1) 7335 ht->ht_array = ht->ht_smallarray; 7336 sv = SCRIPT_SV(i); 7337 sv->sv_var.di_tv.vval.v_dict = &sv->sv_dict; 7338 } 7339 7340 while (ga_scripts.ga_len < id) 7341 { 7342 sv = SCRIPT_SV(ga_scripts.ga_len + 1) = 7343 (scriptvar_T *)alloc_clear(sizeof(scriptvar_T)); 7344 init_var_dict(&sv->sv_dict, &sv->sv_var, VAR_SCOPE); 7345 ++ga_scripts.ga_len; 7346 } 7347 } 7348 } 7349 7350 /* 7351 * Initialize dictionary "dict" as a scope and set variable "dict_var" to 7352 * point to it. 7353 */ 7354 void 7355 init_var_dict(dict_T *dict, dictitem_T *dict_var, int scope) 7356 { 7357 hash_init(&dict->dv_hashtab); 7358 dict->dv_lock = 0; 7359 dict->dv_scope = scope; 7360 dict->dv_refcount = DO_NOT_FREE_CNT; 7361 dict->dv_copyID = 0; 7362 dict_var->di_tv.vval.v_dict = dict; 7363 dict_var->di_tv.v_type = VAR_DICT; 7364 dict_var->di_tv.v_lock = VAR_FIXED; 7365 dict_var->di_flags = DI_FLAGS_RO | DI_FLAGS_FIX; 7366 dict_var->di_key[0] = NUL; 7367 } 7368 7369 /* 7370 * Unreference a dictionary initialized by init_var_dict(). 7371 */ 7372 void 7373 unref_var_dict(dict_T *dict) 7374 { 7375 /* Now the dict needs to be freed if no one else is using it, go back to 7376 * normal reference counting. */ 7377 dict->dv_refcount -= DO_NOT_FREE_CNT - 1; 7378 dict_unref(dict); 7379 } 7380 7381 /* 7382 * Clean up a list of internal variables. 7383 * Frees all allocated variables and the value they contain. 7384 * Clears hashtab "ht", does not free it. 7385 */ 7386 void 7387 vars_clear(hashtab_T *ht) 7388 { 7389 vars_clear_ext(ht, TRUE); 7390 } 7391 7392 /* 7393 * Like vars_clear(), but only free the value if "free_val" is TRUE. 7394 */ 7395 void 7396 vars_clear_ext(hashtab_T *ht, int free_val) 7397 { 7398 int todo; 7399 hashitem_T *hi; 7400 dictitem_T *v; 7401 7402 hash_lock(ht); 7403 todo = (int)ht->ht_used; 7404 for (hi = ht->ht_array; todo > 0; ++hi) 7405 { 7406 if (!HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi)) 7407 { 7408 --todo; 7409 7410 /* Free the variable. Don't remove it from the hashtab, 7411 * ht_array might change then. hash_clear() takes care of it 7412 * later. */ 7413 v = HI2DI(hi); 7414 if (free_val) 7415 clear_tv(&v->di_tv); 7416 if (v->di_flags & DI_FLAGS_ALLOC) 7417 vim_free(v); 7418 } 7419 } 7420 hash_clear(ht); 7421 ht->ht_used = 0; 7422 } 7423 7424 /* 7425 * Delete a variable from hashtab "ht" at item "hi". 7426 * Clear the variable value and free the dictitem. 7427 */ 7428 static void 7429 delete_var(hashtab_T *ht, hashitem_T *hi) 7430 { 7431 dictitem_T *di = HI2DI(hi); 7432 7433 hash_remove(ht, hi); 7434 clear_tv(&di->di_tv); 7435 vim_free(di); 7436 } 7437 7438 /* 7439 * List the value of one internal variable. 7440 */ 7441 static void 7442 list_one_var(dictitem_T *v, char_u *prefix, int *first) 7443 { 7444 char_u *tofree; 7445 char_u *s; 7446 char_u numbuf[NUMBUFLEN]; 7447 7448 s = echo_string(&v->di_tv, &tofree, numbuf, get_copyID()); 7449 list_one_var_a(prefix, v->di_key, v->di_tv.v_type, 7450 s == NULL ? (char_u *)"" : s, first); 7451 vim_free(tofree); 7452 } 7453 7454 static void 7455 list_one_var_a( 7456 char_u *prefix, 7457 char_u *name, 7458 int type, 7459 char_u *string, 7460 int *first) /* when TRUE clear rest of screen and set to FALSE */ 7461 { 7462 /* don't use msg() or msg_attr() to avoid overwriting "v:statusmsg" */ 7463 msg_start(); 7464 msg_puts(prefix); 7465 if (name != NULL) /* "a:" vars don't have a name stored */ 7466 msg_puts(name); 7467 msg_putchar(' '); 7468 msg_advance(22); 7469 if (type == VAR_NUMBER) 7470 msg_putchar('#'); 7471 else if (type == VAR_FUNC || type == VAR_PARTIAL) 7472 msg_putchar('*'); 7473 else if (type == VAR_LIST) 7474 { 7475 msg_putchar('['); 7476 if (*string == '[') 7477 ++string; 7478 } 7479 else if (type == VAR_DICT) 7480 { 7481 msg_putchar('{'); 7482 if (*string == '{') 7483 ++string; 7484 } 7485 else 7486 msg_putchar(' '); 7487 7488 msg_outtrans(string); 7489 7490 if (type == VAR_FUNC || type == VAR_PARTIAL) 7491 msg_puts((char_u *)"()"); 7492 if (*first) 7493 { 7494 msg_clr_eos(); 7495 *first = FALSE; 7496 } 7497 } 7498 7499 /* 7500 * Set variable "name" to value in "tv". 7501 * If the variable already exists, the value is updated. 7502 * Otherwise the variable is created. 7503 */ 7504 void 7505 set_var( 7506 char_u *name, 7507 typval_T *tv, 7508 int copy) /* make copy of value in "tv" */ 7509 { 7510 dictitem_T *v; 7511 char_u *varname; 7512 hashtab_T *ht; 7513 7514 ht = find_var_ht(name, &varname); 7515 if (ht == NULL || *varname == NUL) 7516 { 7517 EMSG2(_(e_illvar), name); 7518 return; 7519 } 7520 v = find_var_in_ht(ht, 0, varname, TRUE); 7521 7522 /* Search in parent scope which is possible to reference from lambda */ 7523 if (v == NULL) 7524 v = find_var_in_scoped_ht(name, TRUE); 7525 7526 if ((tv->v_type == VAR_FUNC || tv->v_type == VAR_PARTIAL) 7527 && var_check_func_name(name, v == NULL)) 7528 return; 7529 7530 if (v != NULL) 7531 { 7532 /* existing variable, need to clear the value */ 7533 if (var_check_ro(v->di_flags, name, FALSE) 7534 || tv_check_lock(v->di_tv.v_lock, name, FALSE)) 7535 return; 7536 7537 /* 7538 * Handle setting internal v: variables separately where needed to 7539 * prevent changing the type. 7540 */ 7541 if (ht == &vimvarht) 7542 { 7543 if (v->di_tv.v_type == VAR_STRING) 7544 { 7545 vim_free(v->di_tv.vval.v_string); 7546 if (copy || tv->v_type != VAR_STRING) 7547 v->di_tv.vval.v_string = vim_strsave(get_tv_string(tv)); 7548 else 7549 { 7550 /* Take over the string to avoid an extra alloc/free. */ 7551 v->di_tv.vval.v_string = tv->vval.v_string; 7552 tv->vval.v_string = NULL; 7553 } 7554 return; 7555 } 7556 else if (v->di_tv.v_type == VAR_NUMBER) 7557 { 7558 v->di_tv.vval.v_number = get_tv_number(tv); 7559 if (STRCMP(varname, "searchforward") == 0) 7560 set_search_direction(v->di_tv.vval.v_number ? '/' : '?'); 7561 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 7562 else if (STRCMP(varname, "hlsearch") == 0) 7563 { 7564 no_hlsearch = !v->di_tv.vval.v_number; 7565 redraw_all_later(SOME_VALID); 7566 } 7567 #endif 7568 return; 7569 } 7570 else if (v->di_tv.v_type != tv->v_type) 7571 internal_error("set_var()"); 7572 } 7573 7574 clear_tv(&v->di_tv); 7575 } 7576 else /* add a new variable */ 7577 { 7578 /* Can't add "v:" variable. */ 7579 if (ht == &vimvarht) 7580 { 7581 EMSG2(_(e_illvar), name); 7582 return; 7583 } 7584 7585 /* Make sure the variable name is valid. */ 7586 if (!valid_varname(varname)) 7587 return; 7588 7589 v = (dictitem_T *)alloc((unsigned)(sizeof(dictitem_T) 7590 + STRLEN(varname))); 7591 if (v == NULL) 7592 return; 7593 STRCPY(v->di_key, varname); 7594 if (hash_add(ht, DI2HIKEY(v)) == FAIL) 7595 { 7596 vim_free(v); 7597 return; 7598 } 7599 v->di_flags = DI_FLAGS_ALLOC; 7600 } 7601 7602 if (copy || tv->v_type == VAR_NUMBER || tv->v_type == VAR_FLOAT) 7603 copy_tv(tv, &v->di_tv); 7604 else 7605 { 7606 v->di_tv = *tv; 7607 v->di_tv.v_lock = 0; 7608 init_tv(tv); 7609 } 7610 } 7611 7612 /* 7613 * Return TRUE if di_flags "flags" indicates variable "name" is read-only. 7614 * Also give an error message. 7615 */ 7616 int 7617 var_check_ro(int flags, char_u *name, int use_gettext) 7618 { 7619 if (flags & DI_FLAGS_RO) 7620 { 7621 EMSG2(_(e_readonlyvar), use_gettext ? (char_u *)_(name) : name); 7622 return TRUE; 7623 } 7624 if ((flags & DI_FLAGS_RO_SBX) && sandbox) 7625 { 7626 EMSG2(_(e_readonlysbx), use_gettext ? (char_u *)_(name) : name); 7627 return TRUE; 7628 } 7629 return FALSE; 7630 } 7631 7632 /* 7633 * Return TRUE if di_flags "flags" indicates variable "name" is fixed. 7634 * Also give an error message. 7635 */ 7636 int 7637 var_check_fixed(int flags, char_u *name, int use_gettext) 7638 { 7639 if (flags & DI_FLAGS_FIX) 7640 { 7641 EMSG2(_("E795: Cannot delete variable %s"), 7642 use_gettext ? (char_u *)_(name) : name); 7643 return TRUE; 7644 } 7645 return FALSE; 7646 } 7647 7648 /* 7649 * Check if a funcref is assigned to a valid variable name. 7650 * Return TRUE and give an error if not. 7651 */ 7652 int 7653 var_check_func_name( 7654 char_u *name, /* points to start of variable name */ 7655 int new_var) /* TRUE when creating the variable */ 7656 { 7657 /* Allow for w: b: s: and t:. */ 7658 if (!(vim_strchr((char_u *)"wbst", name[0]) != NULL && name[1] == ':') 7659 && !ASCII_ISUPPER((name[0] != NUL && name[1] == ':') 7660 ? name[2] : name[0])) 7661 { 7662 EMSG2(_("E704: Funcref variable name must start with a capital: %s"), 7663 name); 7664 return TRUE; 7665 } 7666 /* Don't allow hiding a function. When "v" is not NULL we might be 7667 * assigning another function to the same var, the type is checked 7668 * below. */ 7669 if (new_var && function_exists(name, FALSE)) 7670 { 7671 EMSG2(_("E705: Variable name conflicts with existing function: %s"), 7672 name); 7673 return TRUE; 7674 } 7675 return FALSE; 7676 } 7677 7678 /* 7679 * Check if a variable name is valid. 7680 * Return FALSE and give an error if not. 7681 */ 7682 int 7683 valid_varname(char_u *varname) 7684 { 7685 char_u *p; 7686 7687 for (p = varname; *p != NUL; ++p) 7688 if (!eval_isnamec1(*p) && (p == varname || !VIM_ISDIGIT(*p)) 7689 && *p != AUTOLOAD_CHAR) 7690 { 7691 EMSG2(_(e_illvar), varname); 7692 return FALSE; 7693 } 7694 return TRUE; 7695 } 7696 7697 /* 7698 * Return TRUE if typeval "tv" is set to be locked (immutable). 7699 * Also give an error message, using "name" or _("name") when use_gettext is 7700 * TRUE. 7701 */ 7702 int 7703 tv_check_lock(int lock, char_u *name, int use_gettext) 7704 { 7705 if (lock & VAR_LOCKED) 7706 { 7707 EMSG2(_("E741: Value is locked: %s"), 7708 name == NULL ? (char_u *)_("Unknown") 7709 : use_gettext ? (char_u *)_(name) 7710 : name); 7711 return TRUE; 7712 } 7713 if (lock & VAR_FIXED) 7714 { 7715 EMSG2(_("E742: Cannot change value of %s"), 7716 name == NULL ? (char_u *)_("Unknown") 7717 : use_gettext ? (char_u *)_(name) 7718 : name); 7719 return TRUE; 7720 } 7721 return FALSE; 7722 } 7723 7724 /* 7725 * Copy the values from typval_T "from" to typval_T "to". 7726 * When needed allocates string or increases reference count. 7727 * Does not make a copy of a list or dict but copies the reference! 7728 * It is OK for "from" and "to" to point to the same item. This is used to 7729 * make a copy later. 7730 */ 7731 void 7732 copy_tv(typval_T *from, typval_T *to) 7733 { 7734 to->v_type = from->v_type; 7735 to->v_lock = 0; 7736 switch (from->v_type) 7737 { 7738 case VAR_NUMBER: 7739 case VAR_SPECIAL: 7740 to->vval.v_number = from->vval.v_number; 7741 break; 7742 case VAR_FLOAT: 7743 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 7744 to->vval.v_float = from->vval.v_float; 7745 break; 7746 #endif 7747 case VAR_JOB: 7748 #ifdef FEAT_JOB_CHANNEL 7749 to->vval.v_job = from->vval.v_job; 7750 if (to->vval.v_job != NULL) 7751 ++to->vval.v_job->jv_refcount; 7752 break; 7753 #endif 7754 case VAR_CHANNEL: 7755 #ifdef FEAT_JOB_CHANNEL 7756 to->vval.v_channel = from->vval.v_channel; 7757 if (to->vval.v_channel != NULL) 7758 ++to->vval.v_channel->ch_refcount; 7759 break; 7760 #endif 7761 case VAR_STRING: 7762 case VAR_FUNC: 7763 if (from->vval.v_string == NULL) 7764 to->vval.v_string = NULL; 7765 else 7766 { 7767 to->vval.v_string = vim_strsave(from->vval.v_string); 7768 if (from->v_type == VAR_FUNC) 7769 func_ref(to->vval.v_string); 7770 } 7771 break; 7772 case VAR_PARTIAL: 7773 if (from->vval.v_partial == NULL) 7774 to->vval.v_partial = NULL; 7775 else 7776 { 7777 to->vval.v_partial = from->vval.v_partial; 7778 ++to->vval.v_partial->pt_refcount; 7779 } 7780 break; 7781 case VAR_LIST: 7782 if (from->vval.v_list == NULL) 7783 to->vval.v_list = NULL; 7784 else 7785 { 7786 to->vval.v_list = from->vval.v_list; 7787 ++to->vval.v_list->lv_refcount; 7788 } 7789 break; 7790 case VAR_DICT: 7791 if (from->vval.v_dict == NULL) 7792 to->vval.v_dict = NULL; 7793 else 7794 { 7795 to->vval.v_dict = from->vval.v_dict; 7796 ++to->vval.v_dict->dv_refcount; 7797 } 7798 break; 7799 case VAR_UNKNOWN: 7800 internal_error("copy_tv(UNKNOWN)"); 7801 break; 7802 } 7803 } 7804 7805 /* 7806 * Make a copy of an item. 7807 * Lists and Dictionaries are also copied. A deep copy if "deep" is set. 7808 * For deepcopy() "copyID" is zero for a full copy or the ID for when a 7809 * reference to an already copied list/dict can be used. 7810 * Returns FAIL or OK. 7811 */ 7812 int 7813 item_copy( 7814 typval_T *from, 7815 typval_T *to, 7816 int deep, 7817 int copyID) 7818 { 7819 static int recurse = 0; 7820 int ret = OK; 7821 7822 if (recurse >= DICT_MAXNEST) 7823 { 7824 EMSG(_("E698: variable nested too deep for making a copy")); 7825 return FAIL; 7826 } 7827 ++recurse; 7828 7829 switch (from->v_type) 7830 { 7831 case VAR_NUMBER: 7832 case VAR_FLOAT: 7833 case VAR_STRING: 7834 case VAR_FUNC: 7835 case VAR_PARTIAL: 7836 case VAR_SPECIAL: 7837 case VAR_JOB: 7838 case VAR_CHANNEL: 7839 copy_tv(from, to); 7840 break; 7841 case VAR_LIST: 7842 to->v_type = VAR_LIST; 7843 to->v_lock = 0; 7844 if (from->vval.v_list == NULL) 7845 to->vval.v_list = NULL; 7846 else if (copyID != 0 && from->vval.v_list->lv_copyID == copyID) 7847 { 7848 /* use the copy made earlier */ 7849 to->vval.v_list = from->vval.v_list->lv_copylist; 7850 ++to->vval.v_list->lv_refcount; 7851 } 7852 else 7853 to->vval.v_list = list_copy(from->vval.v_list, deep, copyID); 7854 if (to->vval.v_list == NULL) 7855 ret = FAIL; 7856 break; 7857 case VAR_DICT: 7858 to->v_type = VAR_DICT; 7859 to->v_lock = 0; 7860 if (from->vval.v_dict == NULL) 7861 to->vval.v_dict = NULL; 7862 else if (copyID != 0 && from->vval.v_dict->dv_copyID == copyID) 7863 { 7864 /* use the copy made earlier */ 7865 to->vval.v_dict = from->vval.v_dict->dv_copydict; 7866 ++to->vval.v_dict->dv_refcount; 7867 } 7868 else 7869 to->vval.v_dict = dict_copy(from->vval.v_dict, deep, copyID); 7870 if (to->vval.v_dict == NULL) 7871 ret = FAIL; 7872 break; 7873 case VAR_UNKNOWN: 7874 internal_error("item_copy(UNKNOWN)"); 7875 ret = FAIL; 7876 } 7877 --recurse; 7878 return ret; 7879 } 7880 7881 /* 7882 * This function is used by f_input() and f_inputdialog() functions. The third 7883 * argument to f_input() specifies the type of completion to use at the 7884 * prompt. The third argument to f_inputdialog() specifies the value to return 7885 * when the user cancels the prompt. 7886 */ 7887 void 7888 get_user_input( 7889 typval_T *argvars, 7890 typval_T *rettv, 7891 int inputdialog, 7892 int secret) 7893 { 7894 char_u *prompt = get_tv_string_chk(&argvars[0]); 7895 char_u *p = NULL; 7896 int c; 7897 char_u buf[NUMBUFLEN]; 7898 int cmd_silent_save = cmd_silent; 7899 char_u *defstr = (char_u *)""; 7900 int xp_type = EXPAND_NOTHING; 7901 char_u *xp_arg = NULL; 7902 7903 rettv->v_type = VAR_STRING; 7904 rettv->vval.v_string = NULL; 7905 7906 #ifdef NO_CONSOLE_INPUT 7907 /* While starting up, there is no place to enter text. When running tests 7908 * with --not-a-term we assume feedkeys() will be used. */ 7909 if (no_console_input() && !is_not_a_term()) 7910 return; 7911 #endif 7912 7913 cmd_silent = FALSE; /* Want to see the prompt. */ 7914 if (prompt != NULL) 7915 { 7916 /* Only the part of the message after the last NL is considered as 7917 * prompt for the command line */ 7918 p = vim_strrchr(prompt, '\n'); 7919 if (p == NULL) 7920 p = prompt; 7921 else 7922 { 7923 ++p; 7924 c = *p; 7925 *p = NUL; 7926 msg_start(); 7927 msg_clr_eos(); 7928 msg_puts_attr(prompt, echo_attr); 7929 msg_didout = FALSE; 7930 msg_starthere(); 7931 *p = c; 7932 } 7933 cmdline_row = msg_row; 7934 7935 if (argvars[1].v_type != VAR_UNKNOWN) 7936 { 7937 defstr = get_tv_string_buf_chk(&argvars[1], buf); 7938 if (defstr != NULL) 7939 stuffReadbuffSpec(defstr); 7940 7941 if (!inputdialog && argvars[2].v_type != VAR_UNKNOWN) 7942 { 7943 char_u *xp_name; 7944 int xp_namelen; 7945 long argt; 7946 7947 /* input() with a third argument: completion */ 7948 rettv->vval.v_string = NULL; 7949 7950 xp_name = get_tv_string_buf_chk(&argvars[2], buf); 7951 if (xp_name == NULL) 7952 return; 7953 7954 xp_namelen = (int)STRLEN(xp_name); 7955 7956 if (parse_compl_arg(xp_name, xp_namelen, &xp_type, &argt, 7957 &xp_arg) == FAIL) 7958 return; 7959 } 7960 } 7961 7962 if (defstr != NULL) 7963 { 7964 int save_ex_normal_busy = ex_normal_busy; 7965 7966 ex_normal_busy = 0; 7967 rettv->vval.v_string = 7968 getcmdline_prompt(secret ? NUL : '@', p, echo_attr, 7969 xp_type, xp_arg); 7970 ex_normal_busy = save_ex_normal_busy; 7971 } 7972 if (inputdialog && rettv->vval.v_string == NULL 7973 && argvars[1].v_type != VAR_UNKNOWN 7974 && argvars[2].v_type != VAR_UNKNOWN) 7975 rettv->vval.v_string = vim_strsave(get_tv_string_buf( 7976 &argvars[2], buf)); 7977 7978 vim_free(xp_arg); 7979 7980 /* since the user typed this, no need to wait for return */ 7981 need_wait_return = FALSE; 7982 msg_didout = FALSE; 7983 } 7984 cmd_silent = cmd_silent_save; 7985 } 7986 7987 /* 7988 * ":echo expr1 ..." print each argument separated with a space, add a 7989 * newline at the end. 7990 * ":echon expr1 ..." print each argument plain. 7991 */ 7992 void 7993 ex_echo(exarg_T *eap) 7994 { 7995 char_u *arg = eap->arg; 7996 typval_T rettv; 7997 char_u *tofree; 7998 char_u *p; 7999 int needclr = TRUE; 8000 int atstart = TRUE; 8001 char_u numbuf[NUMBUFLEN]; 8002 8003 if (eap->skip) 8004 ++emsg_skip; 8005 while (*arg != NUL && *arg != '|' && *arg != '\n' && !got_int) 8006 { 8007 /* If eval1() causes an error message the text from the command may 8008 * still need to be cleared. E.g., "echo 22,44". */ 8009 need_clr_eos = needclr; 8010 8011 p = arg; 8012 if (eval1(&arg, &rettv, !eap->skip) == FAIL) 8013 { 8014 /* 8015 * Report the invalid expression unless the expression evaluation 8016 * has been cancelled due to an aborting error, an interrupt, or an 8017 * exception. 8018 */ 8019 if (!aborting()) 8020 EMSG2(_(e_invexpr2), p); 8021 need_clr_eos = FALSE; 8022 break; 8023 } 8024 need_clr_eos = FALSE; 8025 8026 if (!eap->skip) 8027 { 8028 if (atstart) 8029 { 8030 atstart = FALSE; 8031 /* Call msg_start() after eval1(), evaluating the expression 8032 * may cause a message to appear. */ 8033 if (eap->cmdidx == CMD_echo) 8034 { 8035 /* Mark the saved text as finishing the line, so that what 8036 * follows is displayed on a new line when scrolling back 8037 * at the more prompt. */ 8038 msg_sb_eol(); 8039 msg_start(); 8040 } 8041 } 8042 else if (eap->cmdidx == CMD_echo) 8043 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)" ", echo_attr); 8044 p = echo_string(&rettv, &tofree, numbuf, get_copyID()); 8045 if (p != NULL) 8046 for ( ; *p != NUL && !got_int; ++p) 8047 { 8048 if (*p == '\n' || *p == '\r' || *p == TAB) 8049 { 8050 if (*p != TAB && needclr) 8051 { 8052 /* remove any text still there from the command */ 8053 msg_clr_eos(); 8054 needclr = FALSE; 8055 } 8056 msg_putchar_attr(*p, echo_attr); 8057 } 8058 else 8059 { 8060 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8061 if (has_mbyte) 8062 { 8063 int i = (*mb_ptr2len)(p); 8064 8065 (void)msg_outtrans_len_attr(p, i, echo_attr); 8066 p += i - 1; 8067 } 8068 else 8069 #endif 8070 (void)msg_outtrans_len_attr(p, 1, echo_attr); 8071 } 8072 } 8073 vim_free(tofree); 8074 } 8075 clear_tv(&rettv); 8076 arg = skipwhite(arg); 8077 } 8078 eap->nextcmd = check_nextcmd(arg); 8079 8080 if (eap->skip) 8081 --emsg_skip; 8082 else 8083 { 8084 /* remove text that may still be there from the command */ 8085 if (needclr) 8086 msg_clr_eos(); 8087 if (eap->cmdidx == CMD_echo) 8088 msg_end(); 8089 } 8090 } 8091 8092 /* 8093 * ":echohl {name}". 8094 */ 8095 void 8096 ex_echohl(exarg_T *eap) 8097 { 8098 echo_attr = syn_name2attr(eap->arg); 8099 } 8100 8101 /* 8102 * ":execute expr1 ..." execute the result of an expression. 8103 * ":echomsg expr1 ..." Print a message 8104 * ":echoerr expr1 ..." Print an error 8105 * Each gets spaces around each argument and a newline at the end for 8106 * echo commands 8107 */ 8108 void 8109 ex_execute(exarg_T *eap) 8110 { 8111 char_u *arg = eap->arg; 8112 typval_T rettv; 8113 int ret = OK; 8114 char_u *p; 8115 garray_T ga; 8116 int len; 8117 int save_did_emsg; 8118 8119 ga_init2(&ga, 1, 80); 8120 8121 if (eap->skip) 8122 ++emsg_skip; 8123 while (*arg != NUL && *arg != '|' && *arg != '\n') 8124 { 8125 p = arg; 8126 if (eval1(&arg, &rettv, !eap->skip) == FAIL) 8127 { 8128 /* 8129 * Report the invalid expression unless the expression evaluation 8130 * has been cancelled due to an aborting error, an interrupt, or an 8131 * exception. 8132 */ 8133 if (!aborting()) 8134 EMSG2(_(e_invexpr2), p); 8135 ret = FAIL; 8136 break; 8137 } 8138 8139 if (!eap->skip) 8140 { 8141 p = get_tv_string(&rettv); 8142 len = (int)STRLEN(p); 8143 if (ga_grow(&ga, len + 2) == FAIL) 8144 { 8145 clear_tv(&rettv); 8146 ret = FAIL; 8147 break; 8148 } 8149 if (ga.ga_len) 8150 ((char_u *)(ga.ga_data))[ga.ga_len++] = ' '; 8151 STRCPY((char_u *)(ga.ga_data) + ga.ga_len, p); 8152 ga.ga_len += len; 8153 } 8154 8155 clear_tv(&rettv); 8156 arg = skipwhite(arg); 8157 } 8158 8159 if (ret != FAIL && ga.ga_data != NULL) 8160 { 8161 if (eap->cmdidx == CMD_echomsg || eap->cmdidx == CMD_echoerr) 8162 { 8163 /* Mark the already saved text as finishing the line, so that what 8164 * follows is displayed on a new line when scrolling back at the 8165 * more prompt. */ 8166 msg_sb_eol(); 8167 } 8168 8169 if (eap->cmdidx == CMD_echomsg) 8170 { 8171 MSG_ATTR(ga.ga_data, echo_attr); 8172 out_flush(); 8173 } 8174 else if (eap->cmdidx == CMD_echoerr) 8175 { 8176 /* We don't want to abort following commands, restore did_emsg. */ 8177 save_did_emsg = did_emsg; 8178 EMSG((char_u *)ga.ga_data); 8179 if (!force_abort) 8180 did_emsg = save_did_emsg; 8181 } 8182 else if (eap->cmdidx == CMD_execute) 8183 do_cmdline((char_u *)ga.ga_data, 8184 eap->getline, eap->cookie, DOCMD_NOWAIT|DOCMD_VERBOSE); 8185 } 8186 8187 ga_clear(&ga); 8188 8189 if (eap->skip) 8190 --emsg_skip; 8191 8192 eap->nextcmd = check_nextcmd(arg); 8193 } 8194 8195 /* 8196 * Find window specified by "vp" in tabpage "tp". 8197 */ 8198 win_T * 8199 find_win_by_nr( 8200 typval_T *vp, 8201 tabpage_T *tp) /* NULL for current tab page */ 8202 { 8203 win_T *wp; 8204 int nr = (int)get_tv_number_chk(vp, NULL); 8205 8206 if (nr < 0) 8207 return NULL; 8208 if (nr == 0) 8209 return curwin; 8210 8211 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS_IN_TAB(tp, wp) 8212 { 8213 if (nr >= LOWEST_WIN_ID) 8214 { 8215 if (wp->w_id == nr) 8216 return wp; 8217 } 8218 else if (--nr <= 0) 8219 break; 8220 } 8221 if (nr >= LOWEST_WIN_ID) 8222 return NULL; 8223 return wp; 8224 } 8225 8226 /* 8227 * Find a window: When using a Window ID in any tab page, when using a number 8228 * in the current tab page. 8229 */ 8230 win_T * 8231 find_win_by_nr_or_id(typval_T *vp) 8232 { 8233 int nr = (int)get_tv_number_chk(vp, NULL); 8234 8235 if (nr >= LOWEST_WIN_ID) 8236 return win_id2wp(vp); 8237 return find_win_by_nr(vp, NULL); 8238 } 8239 8240 /* 8241 * Find window specified by "wvp" in tabpage "tvp". 8242 */ 8243 win_T * 8244 find_tabwin( 8245 typval_T *wvp, /* VAR_UNKNOWN for current window */ 8246 typval_T *tvp) /* VAR_UNKNOWN for current tab page */ 8247 { 8248 win_T *wp = NULL; 8249 tabpage_T *tp = NULL; 8250 long n; 8251 8252 if (wvp->v_type != VAR_UNKNOWN) 8253 { 8254 if (tvp->v_type != VAR_UNKNOWN) 8255 { 8256 n = (long)get_tv_number(tvp); 8257 if (n >= 0) 8258 tp = find_tabpage(n); 8259 } 8260 else 8261 tp = curtab; 8262 8263 if (tp != NULL) 8264 wp = find_win_by_nr(wvp, tp); 8265 } 8266 else 8267 wp = curwin; 8268 8269 return wp; 8270 } 8271 8272 /* 8273 * getwinvar() and gettabwinvar() 8274 */ 8275 void 8276 getwinvar( 8277 typval_T *argvars, 8278 typval_T *rettv, 8279 int off) /* 1 for gettabwinvar() */ 8280 { 8281 win_T *win; 8282 char_u *varname; 8283 dictitem_T *v; 8284 tabpage_T *tp = NULL; 8285 int done = FALSE; 8286 win_T *oldcurwin; 8287 tabpage_T *oldtabpage; 8288 int need_switch_win; 8289 8290 if (off == 1) 8291 tp = find_tabpage((int)get_tv_number_chk(&argvars[0], NULL)); 8292 else 8293 tp = curtab; 8294 win = find_win_by_nr(&argvars[off], tp); 8295 varname = get_tv_string_chk(&argvars[off + 1]); 8296 ++emsg_off; 8297 8298 rettv->v_type = VAR_STRING; 8299 rettv->vval.v_string = NULL; 8300 8301 if (win != NULL && varname != NULL) 8302 { 8303 /* Set curwin to be our win, temporarily. Also set the tabpage, 8304 * otherwise the window is not valid. Only do this when needed, 8305 * autocommands get blocked. */ 8306 need_switch_win = !(tp == curtab && win == curwin); 8307 if (!need_switch_win 8308 || switch_win(&oldcurwin, &oldtabpage, win, tp, TRUE) == OK) 8309 { 8310 if (*varname == '&') 8311 { 8312 if (varname[1] == NUL) 8313 { 8314 /* get all window-local options in a dict */ 8315 dict_T *opts = get_winbuf_options(FALSE); 8316 8317 if (opts != NULL) 8318 { 8319 rettv_dict_set(rettv, opts); 8320 done = TRUE; 8321 } 8322 } 8323 else if (get_option_tv(&varname, rettv, 1) == OK) 8324 /* window-local-option */ 8325 done = TRUE; 8326 } 8327 else 8328 { 8329 /* Look up the variable. */ 8330 /* Let getwinvar({nr}, "") return the "w:" dictionary. */ 8331 v = find_var_in_ht(&win->w_vars->dv_hashtab, 'w', 8332 varname, FALSE); 8333 if (v != NULL) 8334 { 8335 copy_tv(&v->di_tv, rettv); 8336 done = TRUE; 8337 } 8338 } 8339 } 8340 8341 if (need_switch_win) 8342 /* restore previous notion of curwin */ 8343 restore_win(oldcurwin, oldtabpage, TRUE); 8344 } 8345 8346 if (!done && argvars[off + 2].v_type != VAR_UNKNOWN) 8347 /* use the default return value */ 8348 copy_tv(&argvars[off + 2], rettv); 8349 8350 --emsg_off; 8351 } 8352 8353 /* 8354 * "setwinvar()" and "settabwinvar()" functions 8355 */ 8356 void 8357 setwinvar(typval_T *argvars, typval_T *rettv UNUSED, int off) 8358 { 8359 win_T *win; 8360 win_T *save_curwin; 8361 tabpage_T *save_curtab; 8362 int need_switch_win; 8363 char_u *varname, *winvarname; 8364 typval_T *varp; 8365 char_u nbuf[NUMBUFLEN]; 8366 tabpage_T *tp = NULL; 8367 8368 if (check_restricted() || check_secure()) 8369 return; 8370 8371 if (off == 1) 8372 tp = find_tabpage((int)get_tv_number_chk(&argvars[0], NULL)); 8373 else 8374 tp = curtab; 8375 win = find_win_by_nr(&argvars[off], tp); 8376 varname = get_tv_string_chk(&argvars[off + 1]); 8377 varp = &argvars[off + 2]; 8378 8379 if (win != NULL && varname != NULL && varp != NULL) 8380 { 8381 need_switch_win = !(tp == curtab && win == curwin); 8382 if (!need_switch_win 8383 || switch_win(&save_curwin, &save_curtab, win, tp, TRUE) == OK) 8384 { 8385 if (*varname == '&') 8386 { 8387 long numval; 8388 char_u *strval; 8389 int error = FALSE; 8390 8391 ++varname; 8392 numval = (long)get_tv_number_chk(varp, &error); 8393 strval = get_tv_string_buf_chk(varp, nbuf); 8394 if (!error && strval != NULL) 8395 set_option_value(varname, numval, strval, OPT_LOCAL); 8396 } 8397 else 8398 { 8399 winvarname = alloc((unsigned)STRLEN(varname) + 3); 8400 if (winvarname != NULL) 8401 { 8402 STRCPY(winvarname, "w:"); 8403 STRCPY(winvarname + 2, varname); 8404 set_var(winvarname, varp, TRUE); 8405 vim_free(winvarname); 8406 } 8407 } 8408 } 8409 if (need_switch_win) 8410 restore_win(save_curwin, save_curtab, TRUE); 8411 } 8412 } 8413 8414 /* 8415 * Skip over the name of an option: "&option", "&g:option" or "&l:option". 8416 * "arg" points to the "&" or '+' when called, to "option" when returning. 8417 * Returns NULL when no option name found. Otherwise pointer to the char 8418 * after the option name. 8419 */ 8420 static char_u * 8421 find_option_end(char_u **arg, int *opt_flags) 8422 { 8423 char_u *p = *arg; 8424 8425 ++p; 8426 if (*p == 'g' && p[1] == ':') 8427 { 8428 *opt_flags = OPT_GLOBAL; 8429 p += 2; 8430 } 8431 else if (*p == 'l' && p[1] == ':') 8432 { 8433 *opt_flags = OPT_LOCAL; 8434 p += 2; 8435 } 8436 else 8437 *opt_flags = 0; 8438 8439 if (!ASCII_ISALPHA(*p)) 8440 return NULL; 8441 *arg = p; 8442 8443 if (p[0] == 't' && p[1] == '_' && p[2] != NUL && p[3] != NUL) 8444 p += 4; /* termcap option */ 8445 else 8446 while (ASCII_ISALPHA(*p)) 8447 ++p; 8448 return p; 8449 } 8450 8451 /* 8452 * Return the autoload script name for a function or variable name. 8453 * Returns NULL when out of memory. 8454 */ 8455 char_u * 8456 autoload_name(char_u *name) 8457 { 8458 char_u *p; 8459 char_u *scriptname; 8460 8461 /* Get the script file name: replace '#' with '/', append ".vim". */ 8462 scriptname = alloc((unsigned)(STRLEN(name) + 14)); 8463 if (scriptname == NULL) 8464 return FALSE; 8465 STRCPY(scriptname, "autoload/"); 8466 STRCAT(scriptname, name); 8467 *vim_strrchr(scriptname, AUTOLOAD_CHAR) = NUL; 8468 STRCAT(scriptname, ".vim"); 8469 while ((p = vim_strchr(scriptname, AUTOLOAD_CHAR)) != NULL) 8470 *p = '/'; 8471 return scriptname; 8472 } 8473 8474 /* 8475 * If "name" has a package name try autoloading the script for it. 8476 * Return TRUE if a package was loaded. 8477 */ 8478 int 8479 script_autoload( 8480 char_u *name, 8481 int reload) /* load script again when already loaded */ 8482 { 8483 char_u *p; 8484 char_u *scriptname, *tofree; 8485 int ret = FALSE; 8486 int i; 8487 8488 /* If there is no '#' after name[0] there is no package name. */ 8489 p = vim_strchr(name, AUTOLOAD_CHAR); 8490 if (p == NULL || p == name) 8491 return FALSE; 8492 8493 tofree = scriptname = autoload_name(name); 8494 8495 /* Find the name in the list of previously loaded package names. Skip 8496 * "autoload/", it's always the same. */ 8497 for (i = 0; i < ga_loaded.ga_len; ++i) 8498 if (STRCMP(((char_u **)ga_loaded.ga_data)[i] + 9, scriptname + 9) == 0) 8499 break; 8500 if (!reload && i < ga_loaded.ga_len) 8501 ret = FALSE; /* was loaded already */ 8502 else 8503 { 8504 /* Remember the name if it wasn't loaded already. */ 8505 if (i == ga_loaded.ga_len && ga_grow(&ga_loaded, 1) == OK) 8506 { 8507 ((char_u **)ga_loaded.ga_data)[ga_loaded.ga_len++] = scriptname; 8508 tofree = NULL; 8509 } 8510 8511 /* Try loading the package from $VIMRUNTIME/autoload/<name>.vim */ 8512 if (source_runtime(scriptname, 0) == OK) 8513 ret = TRUE; 8514 } 8515 8516 vim_free(tofree); 8517 return ret; 8518 } 8519 8520 #if defined(FEAT_VIMINFO) || defined(FEAT_SESSION) 8521 typedef enum 8522 { 8523 VAR_FLAVOUR_DEFAULT, /* doesn't start with uppercase */ 8524 VAR_FLAVOUR_SESSION, /* starts with uppercase, some lower */ 8525 VAR_FLAVOUR_VIMINFO /* all uppercase */ 8526 } var_flavour_T; 8527 8528 static var_flavour_T 8529 var_flavour(char_u *varname) 8530 { 8531 char_u *p = varname; 8532 8533 if (ASCII_ISUPPER(*p)) 8534 { 8535 while (*(++p)) 8536 if (ASCII_ISLOWER(*p)) 8537 return VAR_FLAVOUR_SESSION; 8538 return VAR_FLAVOUR_VIMINFO; 8539 } 8540 else 8541 return VAR_FLAVOUR_DEFAULT; 8542 } 8543 #endif 8544 8545 #if defined(FEAT_VIMINFO) || defined(PROTO) 8546 /* 8547 * Restore global vars that start with a capital from the viminfo file 8548 */ 8549 int 8550 read_viminfo_varlist(vir_T *virp, int writing) 8551 { 8552 char_u *tab; 8553 int type = VAR_NUMBER; 8554 typval_T tv; 8555 funccal_entry_T funccal_entry; 8556 8557 if (!writing && (find_viminfo_parameter('!') != NULL)) 8558 { 8559 tab = vim_strchr(virp->vir_line + 1, '\t'); 8560 if (tab != NULL) 8561 { 8562 *tab++ = '\0'; /* isolate the variable name */ 8563 switch (*tab) 8564 { 8565 case 'S': type = VAR_STRING; break; 8566 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 8567 case 'F': type = VAR_FLOAT; break; 8568 #endif 8569 case 'D': type = VAR_DICT; break; 8570 case 'L': type = VAR_LIST; break; 8571 case 'X': type = VAR_SPECIAL; break; 8572 } 8573 8574 tab = vim_strchr(tab, '\t'); 8575 if (tab != NULL) 8576 { 8577 tv.v_type = type; 8578 if (type == VAR_STRING || type == VAR_DICT || type == VAR_LIST) 8579 tv.vval.v_string = viminfo_readstring(virp, 8580 (int)(tab - virp->vir_line + 1), TRUE); 8581 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 8582 else if (type == VAR_FLOAT) 8583 (void)string2float(tab + 1, &tv.vval.v_float); 8584 #endif 8585 else 8586 tv.vval.v_number = atol((char *)tab + 1); 8587 if (type == VAR_DICT || type == VAR_LIST) 8588 { 8589 typval_T *etv = eval_expr(tv.vval.v_string, NULL); 8590 8591 if (etv == NULL) 8592 /* Failed to parse back the dict or list, use it as a 8593 * string. */ 8594 tv.v_type = VAR_STRING; 8595 else 8596 { 8597 vim_free(tv.vval.v_string); 8598 tv = *etv; 8599 vim_free(etv); 8600 } 8601 } 8602 8603 /* when in a function use global variables */ 8604 save_funccal(&funccal_entry); 8605 set_var(virp->vir_line + 1, &tv, FALSE); 8606 restore_funccal(); 8607 8608 if (tv.v_type == VAR_STRING) 8609 vim_free(tv.vval.v_string); 8610 else if (tv.v_type == VAR_DICT || tv.v_type == VAR_LIST) 8611 clear_tv(&tv); 8612 } 8613 } 8614 } 8615 8616 return viminfo_readline(virp); 8617 } 8618 8619 /* 8620 * Write global vars that start with a capital to the viminfo file 8621 */ 8622 void 8623 write_viminfo_varlist(FILE *fp) 8624 { 8625 hashitem_T *hi; 8626 dictitem_T *this_var; 8627 int todo; 8628 char *s = ""; 8629 char_u *p; 8630 char_u *tofree; 8631 char_u numbuf[NUMBUFLEN]; 8632 8633 if (find_viminfo_parameter('!') == NULL) 8634 return; 8635 8636 fputs(_("\n# global variables:\n"), fp); 8637 8638 todo = (int)globvarht.ht_used; 8639 for (hi = globvarht.ht_array; todo > 0; ++hi) 8640 { 8641 if (!HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi)) 8642 { 8643 --todo; 8644 this_var = HI2DI(hi); 8645 if (var_flavour(this_var->di_key) == VAR_FLAVOUR_VIMINFO) 8646 { 8647 switch (this_var->di_tv.v_type) 8648 { 8649 case VAR_STRING: s = "STR"; break; 8650 case VAR_NUMBER: s = "NUM"; break; 8651 case VAR_FLOAT: s = "FLO"; break; 8652 case VAR_DICT: s = "DIC"; break; 8653 case VAR_LIST: s = "LIS"; break; 8654 case VAR_SPECIAL: s = "XPL"; break; 8655 8656 case VAR_UNKNOWN: 8657 case VAR_FUNC: 8658 case VAR_PARTIAL: 8659 case VAR_JOB: 8660 case VAR_CHANNEL: 8661 continue; 8662 } 8663 fprintf(fp, "!%s\t%s\t", this_var->di_key, s); 8664 p = echo_string(&this_var->di_tv, &tofree, numbuf, 0); 8665 if (p != NULL) 8666 viminfo_writestring(fp, p); 8667 vim_free(tofree); 8668 } 8669 } 8670 } 8671 } 8672 #endif 8673 8674 #if defined(FEAT_SESSION) || defined(PROTO) 8675 int 8676 store_session_globals(FILE *fd) 8677 { 8678 hashitem_T *hi; 8679 dictitem_T *this_var; 8680 int todo; 8681 char_u *p, *t; 8682 8683 todo = (int)globvarht.ht_used; 8684 for (hi = globvarht.ht_array; todo > 0; ++hi) 8685 { 8686 if (!HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi)) 8687 { 8688 --todo; 8689 this_var = HI2DI(hi); 8690 if ((this_var->di_tv.v_type == VAR_NUMBER 8691 || this_var->di_tv.v_type == VAR_STRING) 8692 && var_flavour(this_var->di_key) == VAR_FLAVOUR_SESSION) 8693 { 8694 /* Escape special characters with a backslash. Turn a LF and 8695 * CR into \n and \r. */ 8696 p = vim_strsave_escaped(get_tv_string(&this_var->di_tv), 8697 (char_u *)"\\\"\n\r"); 8698 if (p == NULL) /* out of memory */ 8699 break; 8700 for (t = p; *t != NUL; ++t) 8701 if (*t == '\n') 8702 *t = 'n'; 8703 else if (*t == '\r') 8704 *t = 'r'; 8705 if ((fprintf(fd, "let %s = %c%s%c", 8706 this_var->di_key, 8707 (this_var->di_tv.v_type == VAR_STRING) ? '"' 8708 : ' ', 8709 p, 8710 (this_var->di_tv.v_type == VAR_STRING) ? '"' 8711 : ' ') < 0) 8712 || put_eol(fd) == FAIL) 8713 { 8714 vim_free(p); 8715 return FAIL; 8716 } 8717 vim_free(p); 8718 } 8719 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 8720 else if (this_var->di_tv.v_type == VAR_FLOAT 8721 && var_flavour(this_var->di_key) == VAR_FLAVOUR_SESSION) 8722 { 8723 float_T f = this_var->di_tv.vval.v_float; 8724 int sign = ' '; 8725 8726 if (f < 0) 8727 { 8728 f = -f; 8729 sign = '-'; 8730 } 8731 if ((fprintf(fd, "let %s = %c%f", 8732 this_var->di_key, sign, f) < 0) 8733 || put_eol(fd) == FAIL) 8734 return FAIL; 8735 } 8736 #endif 8737 } 8738 } 8739 return OK; 8740 } 8741 #endif 8742 8743 /* 8744 * Display script name where an item was last set. 8745 * Should only be invoked when 'verbose' is non-zero. 8746 */ 8747 void 8748 last_set_msg(sctx_T script_ctx) 8749 { 8750 char_u *p; 8751 8752 if (script_ctx.sc_sid != 0) 8753 { 8754 p = home_replace_save(NULL, get_scriptname(script_ctx.sc_sid)); 8755 if (p != NULL) 8756 { 8757 verbose_enter(); 8758 MSG_PUTS(_("\n\tLast set from ")); 8759 MSG_PUTS(p); 8760 if (script_ctx.sc_lnum > 0) 8761 { 8762 MSG_PUTS(_(" line ")); 8763 msg_outnum((long)script_ctx.sc_lnum); 8764 } 8765 verbose_leave(); 8766 vim_free(p); 8767 } 8768 } 8769 } 8770 8771 /* reset v:option_new, v:option_old and v:option_type */ 8772 void 8773 reset_v_option_vars(void) 8774 { 8775 set_vim_var_string(VV_OPTION_NEW, NULL, -1); 8776 set_vim_var_string(VV_OPTION_OLD, NULL, -1); 8777 set_vim_var_string(VV_OPTION_TYPE, NULL, -1); 8778 } 8779 8780 /* 8781 * Prepare "gap" for an assert error and add the sourcing position. 8782 */ 8783 void 8784 prepare_assert_error(garray_T *gap) 8785 { 8786 char buf[NUMBUFLEN]; 8787 8788 ga_init2(gap, 1, 100); 8789 if (sourcing_name != NULL) 8790 { 8791 ga_concat(gap, sourcing_name); 8792 if (sourcing_lnum > 0) 8793 ga_concat(gap, (char_u *)" "); 8794 } 8795 if (sourcing_lnum > 0) 8796 { 8797 sprintf(buf, "line %ld", (long)sourcing_lnum); 8798 ga_concat(gap, (char_u *)buf); 8799 } 8800 if (sourcing_name != NULL || sourcing_lnum > 0) 8801 ga_concat(gap, (char_u *)": "); 8802 } 8803 8804 /* 8805 * Add an assert error to v:errors. 8806 */ 8807 void 8808 assert_error(garray_T *gap) 8809 { 8810 struct vimvar *vp = &vimvars[VV_ERRORS]; 8811 8812 if (vp->vv_type != VAR_LIST || vimvars[VV_ERRORS].vv_list == NULL) 8813 /* Make sure v:errors is a list. */ 8814 set_vim_var_list(VV_ERRORS, list_alloc()); 8815 list_append_string(vimvars[VV_ERRORS].vv_list, gap->ga_data, gap->ga_len); 8816 } 8817 8818 int 8819 assert_equal_common(typval_T *argvars, assert_type_T atype) 8820 { 8821 garray_T ga; 8822 8823 if (tv_equal(&argvars[0], &argvars[1], FALSE, FALSE) 8824 != (atype == ASSERT_EQUAL)) 8825 { 8826 prepare_assert_error(&ga); 8827 fill_assert_error(&ga, &argvars[2], NULL, &argvars[0], &argvars[1], 8828 atype); 8829 assert_error(&ga); 8830 ga_clear(&ga); 8831 return 1; 8832 } 8833 return 0; 8834 } 8835 8836 int 8837 assert_equalfile(typval_T *argvars) 8838 { 8839 char_u buf1[NUMBUFLEN]; 8840 char_u buf2[NUMBUFLEN]; 8841 char_u *fname1 = get_tv_string_buf_chk(&argvars[0], buf1); 8842 char_u *fname2 = get_tv_string_buf_chk(&argvars[1], buf2); 8843 garray_T ga; 8844 FILE *fd1; 8845 FILE *fd2; 8846 8847 if (fname1 == NULL || fname2 == NULL) 8848 return 0; 8849 8850 IObuff[0] = NUL; 8851 fd1 = mch_fopen((char *)fname1, READBIN); 8852 if (fd1 == NULL) 8853 { 8854 vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff, IOSIZE, (char *)e_notread, fname1); 8855 } 8856 else 8857 { 8858 fd2 = mch_fopen((char *)fname2, READBIN); 8859 if (fd2 == NULL) 8860 { 8861 fclose(fd1); 8862 vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff, IOSIZE, (char *)e_notread, fname2); 8863 } 8864 else 8865 { 8866 int c1, c2; 8867 long count = 0; 8868 8869 for (;;) 8870 { 8871 c1 = fgetc(fd1); 8872 c2 = fgetc(fd2); 8873 if (c1 == EOF) 8874 { 8875 if (c2 != EOF) 8876 STRCPY(IObuff, "first file is shorter"); 8877 break; 8878 } 8879 else if (c2 == EOF) 8880 { 8881 STRCPY(IObuff, "second file is shorter"); 8882 break; 8883 } 8884 else if (c1 != c2) 8885 { 8886 vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff, IOSIZE, 8887 "difference at byte %ld", count); 8888 break; 8889 } 8890 ++count; 8891 } 8892 fclose(fd1); 8893 fclose(fd2); 8894 } 8895 } 8896 if (IObuff[0] != NUL) 8897 { 8898 prepare_assert_error(&ga); 8899 ga_concat(&ga, IObuff); 8900 assert_error(&ga); 8901 ga_clear(&ga); 8902 return 1; 8903 } 8904 return 0; 8905 } 8906 8907 int 8908 assert_match_common(typval_T *argvars, assert_type_T atype) 8909 { 8910 garray_T ga; 8911 char_u buf1[NUMBUFLEN]; 8912 char_u buf2[NUMBUFLEN]; 8913 char_u *pat = get_tv_string_buf_chk(&argvars[0], buf1); 8914 char_u *text = get_tv_string_buf_chk(&argvars[1], buf2); 8915 8916 if (pat == NULL || text == NULL) 8917 EMSG(_(e_invarg)); 8918 else if (pattern_match(pat, text, FALSE) != (atype == ASSERT_MATCH)) 8919 { 8920 prepare_assert_error(&ga); 8921 fill_assert_error(&ga, &argvars[2], NULL, &argvars[0], &argvars[1], 8922 atype); 8923 assert_error(&ga); 8924 ga_clear(&ga); 8925 return 1; 8926 } 8927 return 0; 8928 } 8929 8930 int 8931 assert_inrange(typval_T *argvars) 8932 { 8933 garray_T ga; 8934 int error = FALSE; 8935 varnumber_T lower = get_tv_number_chk(&argvars[0], &error); 8936 varnumber_T upper = get_tv_number_chk(&argvars[1], &error); 8937 varnumber_T actual = get_tv_number_chk(&argvars[2], &error); 8938 char_u *tofree; 8939 char msg[200]; 8940 char_u numbuf[NUMBUFLEN]; 8941 8942 if (error) 8943 return 0; 8944 if (actual < lower || actual > upper) 8945 { 8946 prepare_assert_error(&ga); 8947 if (argvars[3].v_type != VAR_UNKNOWN) 8948 { 8949 ga_concat(&ga, tv2string(&argvars[3], &tofree, numbuf, 0)); 8950 vim_free(tofree); 8951 } 8952 else 8953 { 8954 vim_snprintf(msg, 200, "Expected range %ld - %ld, but got %ld", 8955 (long)lower, (long)upper, (long)actual); 8956 ga_concat(&ga, (char_u *)msg); 8957 } 8958 assert_error(&ga); 8959 ga_clear(&ga); 8960 return 1; 8961 } 8962 return 0; 8963 } 8964 8965 /* 8966 * Common for assert_true() and assert_false(). 8967 * Return non-zero for failure. 8968 */ 8969 int 8970 assert_bool(typval_T *argvars, int isTrue) 8971 { 8972 int error = FALSE; 8973 garray_T ga; 8974 8975 if (argvars[0].v_type == VAR_SPECIAL 8976 && argvars[0].vval.v_number == (isTrue ? VVAL_TRUE : VVAL_FALSE)) 8977 return 0; 8978 if (argvars[0].v_type != VAR_NUMBER 8979 || (get_tv_number_chk(&argvars[0], &error) == 0) == isTrue 8980 || error) 8981 { 8982 prepare_assert_error(&ga); 8983 fill_assert_error(&ga, &argvars[1], 8984 (char_u *)(isTrue ? "True" : "False"), 8985 NULL, &argvars[0], ASSERT_OTHER); 8986 assert_error(&ga); 8987 ga_clear(&ga); 8988 return 1; 8989 } 8990 return 0; 8991 } 8992 8993 int 8994 assert_report(typval_T *argvars) 8995 { 8996 garray_T ga; 8997 8998 prepare_assert_error(&ga); 8999 ga_concat(&ga, get_tv_string(&argvars[0])); 9000 assert_error(&ga); 9001 ga_clear(&ga); 9002 return 1; 9003 } 9004 9005 int 9006 assert_exception(typval_T *argvars) 9007 { 9008 garray_T ga; 9009 char_u *error = get_tv_string_chk(&argvars[0]); 9010 9011 if (vimvars[VV_EXCEPTION].vv_str == NULL) 9012 { 9013 prepare_assert_error(&ga); 9014 ga_concat(&ga, (char_u *)"v:exception is not set"); 9015 assert_error(&ga); 9016 ga_clear(&ga); 9017 return 1; 9018 } 9019 else if (error != NULL 9020 && strstr((char *)vimvars[VV_EXCEPTION].vv_str, (char *)error) == NULL) 9021 { 9022 prepare_assert_error(&ga); 9023 fill_assert_error(&ga, &argvars[1], NULL, &argvars[0], 9024 &vimvars[VV_EXCEPTION].vv_tv, ASSERT_OTHER); 9025 assert_error(&ga); 9026 ga_clear(&ga); 9027 return 1; 9028 } 9029 return 0; 9030 } 9031 9032 int 9033 assert_beeps(typval_T *argvars) 9034 { 9035 char_u *cmd = get_tv_string_chk(&argvars[0]); 9036 garray_T ga; 9037 int ret = 0; 9038 9039 called_vim_beep = FALSE; 9040 suppress_errthrow = TRUE; 9041 emsg_silent = FALSE; 9042 do_cmdline_cmd(cmd); 9043 if (!called_vim_beep) 9044 { 9045 prepare_assert_error(&ga); 9046 ga_concat(&ga, (char_u *)"command did not beep: "); 9047 ga_concat(&ga, cmd); 9048 assert_error(&ga); 9049 ga_clear(&ga); 9050 ret = 1; 9051 } 9052 9053 suppress_errthrow = FALSE; 9054 emsg_on_display = FALSE; 9055 return ret; 9056 } 9057 9058 int 9059 assert_fails(typval_T *argvars) 9060 { 9061 char_u *cmd = get_tv_string_chk(&argvars[0]); 9062 garray_T ga; 9063 int ret = 0; 9064 char_u numbuf[NUMBUFLEN]; 9065 char_u *tofree; 9066 9067 called_emsg = FALSE; 9068 suppress_errthrow = TRUE; 9069 emsg_silent = TRUE; 9070 do_cmdline_cmd(cmd); 9071 if (!called_emsg) 9072 { 9073 prepare_assert_error(&ga); 9074 ga_concat(&ga, (char_u *)"command did not fail: "); 9075 if (argvars[1].v_type != VAR_UNKNOWN 9076 && argvars[2].v_type != VAR_UNKNOWN) 9077 { 9078 ga_concat(&ga, echo_string(&argvars[2], &tofree, numbuf, 0)); 9079 vim_free(tofree); 9080 } 9081 else 9082 ga_concat(&ga, cmd); 9083 assert_error(&ga); 9084 ga_clear(&ga); 9085 ret = 1; 9086 } 9087 else if (argvars[1].v_type != VAR_UNKNOWN) 9088 { 9089 char_u buf[NUMBUFLEN]; 9090 char *error = (char *)get_tv_string_buf_chk(&argvars[1], buf); 9091 9092 if (error == NULL 9093 || strstr((char *)vimvars[VV_ERRMSG].vv_str, error) == NULL) 9094 { 9095 prepare_assert_error(&ga); 9096 fill_assert_error(&ga, &argvars[2], NULL, &argvars[1], 9097 &vimvars[VV_ERRMSG].vv_tv, ASSERT_OTHER); 9098 assert_error(&ga); 9099 ga_clear(&ga); 9100 ret = 1; 9101 } 9102 } 9103 9104 called_emsg = FALSE; 9105 suppress_errthrow = FALSE; 9106 emsg_silent = FALSE; 9107 emsg_on_display = FALSE; 9108 set_vim_var_string(VV_ERRMSG, NULL, 0); 9109 return ret; 9110 } 9111 9112 /* 9113 * Append "str" to "gap", escaping unprintable characters. 9114 * Changes NL to \n, CR to \r, etc. 9115 */ 9116 static void 9117 ga_concat_esc(garray_T *gap, char_u *str) 9118 { 9119 char_u *p; 9120 char_u buf[NUMBUFLEN]; 9121 9122 if (str == NULL) 9123 { 9124 ga_concat(gap, (char_u *)"NULL"); 9125 return; 9126 } 9127 9128 for (p = str; *p != NUL; ++p) 9129 switch (*p) 9130 { 9131 case BS: ga_concat(gap, (char_u *)"\\b"); break; 9132 case ESC: ga_concat(gap, (char_u *)"\\e"); break; 9133 case FF: ga_concat(gap, (char_u *)"\\f"); break; 9134 case NL: ga_concat(gap, (char_u *)"\\n"); break; 9135 case TAB: ga_concat(gap, (char_u *)"\\t"); break; 9136 case CAR: ga_concat(gap, (char_u *)"\\r"); break; 9137 case '\\': ga_concat(gap, (char_u *)"\\\\"); break; 9138 default: 9139 if (*p < ' ') 9140 { 9141 vim_snprintf((char *)buf, NUMBUFLEN, "\\x%02x", *p); 9142 ga_concat(gap, buf); 9143 } 9144 else 9145 ga_append(gap, *p); 9146 break; 9147 } 9148 } 9149 9150 /* 9151 * Fill "gap" with information about an assert error. 9152 */ 9153 void 9154 fill_assert_error( 9155 garray_T *gap, 9156 typval_T *opt_msg_tv, 9157 char_u *exp_str, 9158 typval_T *exp_tv, 9159 typval_T *got_tv, 9160 assert_type_T atype) 9161 { 9162 char_u numbuf[NUMBUFLEN]; 9163 char_u *tofree; 9164 9165 if (opt_msg_tv->v_type != VAR_UNKNOWN) 9166 { 9167 ga_concat(gap, echo_string(opt_msg_tv, &tofree, numbuf, 0)); 9168 vim_free(tofree); 9169 ga_concat(gap, (char_u *)": "); 9170 } 9171 9172 if (atype == ASSERT_MATCH || atype == ASSERT_NOTMATCH) 9173 ga_concat(gap, (char_u *)"Pattern "); 9174 else if (atype == ASSERT_NOTEQUAL) 9175 ga_concat(gap, (char_u *)"Expected not equal to "); 9176 else 9177 ga_concat(gap, (char_u *)"Expected "); 9178 if (exp_str == NULL) 9179 { 9180 ga_concat_esc(gap, tv2string(exp_tv, &tofree, numbuf, 0)); 9181 vim_free(tofree); 9182 } 9183 else 9184 ga_concat_esc(gap, exp_str); 9185 if (atype != ASSERT_NOTEQUAL) 9186 { 9187 if (atype == ASSERT_MATCH) 9188 ga_concat(gap, (char_u *)" does not match "); 9189 else if (atype == ASSERT_NOTMATCH) 9190 ga_concat(gap, (char_u *)" does match "); 9191 else 9192 ga_concat(gap, (char_u *)" but got "); 9193 ga_concat_esc(gap, tv2string(got_tv, &tofree, numbuf, 0)); 9194 vim_free(tofree); 9195 } 9196 } 9197 9198 /* 9199 * Compare "typ1" and "typ2". Put the result in "typ1". 9200 */ 9201 int 9202 typval_compare( 9203 typval_T *typ1, /* first operand */ 9204 typval_T *typ2, /* second operand */ 9205 exptype_T type, /* operator */ 9206 int type_is, /* TRUE for "is" and "isnot" */ 9207 int ic) /* ignore case */ 9208 { 9209 int i; 9210 varnumber_T n1, n2; 9211 char_u *s1, *s2; 9212 char_u buf1[NUMBUFLEN], buf2[NUMBUFLEN]; 9213 9214 if (type_is && typ1->v_type != typ2->v_type) 9215 { 9216 /* For "is" a different type always means FALSE, for "notis" 9217 * it means TRUE. */ 9218 n1 = (type == TYPE_NEQUAL); 9219 } 9220 else if (typ1->v_type == VAR_LIST || typ2->v_type == VAR_LIST) 9221 { 9222 if (type_is) 9223 { 9224 n1 = (typ1->v_type == typ2->v_type 9225 && typ1->vval.v_list == typ2->vval.v_list); 9226 if (type == TYPE_NEQUAL) 9227 n1 = !n1; 9228 } 9229 else if (typ1->v_type != typ2->v_type 9230 || (type != TYPE_EQUAL && type != TYPE_NEQUAL)) 9231 { 9232 if (typ1->v_type != typ2->v_type) 9233 EMSG(_("E691: Can only compare List with List")); 9234 else 9235 EMSG(_("E692: Invalid operation for List")); 9236 clear_tv(typ1); 9237 return FAIL; 9238 } 9239 else 9240 { 9241 /* Compare two Lists for being equal or unequal. */ 9242 n1 = list_equal(typ1->vval.v_list, typ2->vval.v_list, 9243 ic, FALSE); 9244 if (type == TYPE_NEQUAL) 9245 n1 = !n1; 9246 } 9247 } 9248 9249 else if (typ1->v_type == VAR_DICT || typ2->v_type == VAR_DICT) 9250 { 9251 if (type_is) 9252 { 9253 n1 = (typ1->v_type == typ2->v_type 9254 && typ1->vval.v_dict == typ2->vval.v_dict); 9255 if (type == TYPE_NEQUAL) 9256 n1 = !n1; 9257 } 9258 else if (typ1->v_type != typ2->v_type 9259 || (type != TYPE_EQUAL && type != TYPE_NEQUAL)) 9260 { 9261 if (typ1->v_type != typ2->v_type) 9262 EMSG(_("E735: Can only compare Dictionary with Dictionary")); 9263 else 9264 EMSG(_("E736: Invalid operation for Dictionary")); 9265 clear_tv(typ1); 9266 return FAIL; 9267 } 9268 else 9269 { 9270 /* Compare two Dictionaries for being equal or unequal. */ 9271 n1 = dict_equal(typ1->vval.v_dict, typ2->vval.v_dict, 9272 ic, FALSE); 9273 if (type == TYPE_NEQUAL) 9274 n1 = !n1; 9275 } 9276 } 9277 9278 else if (typ1->v_type == VAR_FUNC || typ2->v_type == VAR_FUNC 9279 || typ1->v_type == VAR_PARTIAL || typ2->v_type == VAR_PARTIAL) 9280 { 9281 if (type != TYPE_EQUAL && type != TYPE_NEQUAL) 9282 { 9283 EMSG(_("E694: Invalid operation for Funcrefs")); 9284 clear_tv(typ1); 9285 return FAIL; 9286 } 9287 if ((typ1->v_type == VAR_PARTIAL 9288 && typ1->vval.v_partial == NULL) 9289 || (typ2->v_type == VAR_PARTIAL 9290 && typ2->vval.v_partial == NULL)) 9291 /* when a partial is NULL assume not equal */ 9292 n1 = FALSE; 9293 else if (type_is) 9294 { 9295 if (typ1->v_type == VAR_FUNC && typ2->v_type == VAR_FUNC) 9296 /* strings are considered the same if their value is 9297 * the same */ 9298 n1 = tv_equal(typ1, typ2, ic, FALSE); 9299 else if (typ1->v_type == VAR_PARTIAL 9300 && typ2->v_type == VAR_PARTIAL) 9301 n1 = (typ1->vval.v_partial == typ2->vval.v_partial); 9302 else 9303 n1 = FALSE; 9304 } 9305 else 9306 n1 = tv_equal(typ1, typ2, ic, FALSE); 9307 if (type == TYPE_NEQUAL) 9308 n1 = !n1; 9309 } 9310 9311 #ifdef FEAT_FLOAT 9312 /* 9313 * If one of the two variables is a float, compare as a float. 9314 * When using "=~" or "!~", always compare as string. 9315 */ 9316 else if ((typ1->v_type == VAR_FLOAT || typ2->v_type == VAR_FLOAT) 9317 && type != TYPE_MATCH && type != TYPE_NOMATCH) 9318 { 9319 float_T f1, f2; 9320 9321 if (typ1->v_type == VAR_FLOAT) 9322 f1 = typ1->vval.v_float; 9323 else 9324 f1 = get_tv_number(typ1); 9325 if (typ2->v_type == VAR_FLOAT) 9326 f2 = typ2->vval.v_float; 9327 else 9328 f2 = get_tv_number(typ2); 9329 n1 = FALSE; 9330 switch (type) 9331 { 9332 case TYPE_EQUAL: n1 = (f1 == f2); break; 9333 case TYPE_NEQUAL: n1 = (f1 != f2); break; 9334 case TYPE_GREATER: n1 = (f1 > f2); break; 9335 case TYPE_GEQUAL: n1 = (f1 >= f2); break; 9336 case TYPE_SMALLER: n1 = (f1 < f2); break; 9337 case TYPE_SEQUAL: n1 = (f1 <= f2); break; 9338 case TYPE_UNKNOWN: 9339 case TYPE_MATCH: 9340 case TYPE_NOMATCH: break; /* avoid gcc warning */ 9341 } 9342 } 9343 #endif 9344 9345 /* 9346 * If one of the two variables is a number, compare as a number. 9347 * When using "=~" or "!~", always compare as string. 9348 */ 9349 else if ((typ1->v_type == VAR_NUMBER || typ2->v_type == VAR_NUMBER) 9350 && type != TYPE_MATCH && type != TYPE_NOMATCH) 9351 { 9352 n1 = get_tv_number(typ1); 9353 n2 = get_tv_number(typ2); 9354 switch (type) 9355 { 9356 case TYPE_EQUAL: n1 = (n1 == n2); break; 9357 case TYPE_NEQUAL: n1 = (n1 != n2); break; 9358 case TYPE_GREATER: n1 = (n1 > n2); break; 9359 case TYPE_GEQUAL: n1 = (n1 >= n2); break; 9360 case TYPE_SMALLER: n1 = (n1 < n2); break; 9361 case TYPE_SEQUAL: n1 = (n1 <= n2); break; 9362 case TYPE_UNKNOWN: 9363 case TYPE_MATCH: 9364 case TYPE_NOMATCH: break; /* avoid gcc warning */ 9365 } 9366 } 9367 else 9368 { 9369 s1 = get_tv_string_buf(typ1, buf1); 9370 s2 = get_tv_string_buf(typ2, buf2); 9371 if (type != TYPE_MATCH && type != TYPE_NOMATCH) 9372 i = ic ? MB_STRICMP(s1, s2) : STRCMP(s1, s2); 9373 else 9374 i = 0; 9375 n1 = FALSE; 9376 switch (type) 9377 { 9378 case TYPE_EQUAL: n1 = (i == 0); break; 9379 case TYPE_NEQUAL: n1 = (i != 0); break; 9380 case TYPE_GREATER: n1 = (i > 0); break; 9381 case TYPE_GEQUAL: n1 = (i >= 0); break; 9382 case TYPE_SMALLER: n1 = (i < 0); break; 9383 case TYPE_SEQUAL: n1 = (i <= 0); break; 9384 9385 case TYPE_MATCH: 9386 case TYPE_NOMATCH: 9387 n1 = pattern_match(s2, s1, ic); 9388 if (type == TYPE_NOMATCH) 9389 n1 = !n1; 9390 break; 9391 9392 case TYPE_UNKNOWN: break; /* avoid gcc warning */ 9393 } 9394 } 9395 clear_tv(typ1); 9396 typ1->v_type = VAR_NUMBER; 9397 typ1->vval.v_number = n1; 9398 9399 return OK; 9400 } 9401 9402 char_u * 9403 typval_tostring(typval_T *arg) 9404 { 9405 char_u *tofree; 9406 char_u numbuf[NUMBUFLEN]; 9407 char_u *ret = NULL; 9408 9409 if (arg == NULL) 9410 return vim_strsave((char_u *)"(does not exist)"); 9411 ret = tv2string(arg, &tofree, numbuf, 0); 9412 /* Make a copy if we have a value but it's not in allocated memory. */ 9413 if (ret != NULL && tofree == NULL) 9414 ret = vim_strsave(ret); 9415 return ret; 9416 } 9417 9418 int 9419 var_exists(char_u *var) 9420 { 9421 char_u *name; 9422 char_u *tofree; 9423 typval_T tv; 9424 int len = 0; 9425 int n = FALSE; 9426 9427 /* get_name_len() takes care of expanding curly braces */ 9428 name = var; 9429 len = get_name_len(&var, &tofree, TRUE, FALSE); 9430 if (len > 0) 9431 { 9432 if (tofree != NULL) 9433 name = tofree; 9434 n = (get_var_tv(name, len, &tv, NULL, FALSE, TRUE) == OK); 9435 if (n) 9436 { 9437 /* handle d.key, l[idx], f(expr) */ 9438 n = (handle_subscript(&var, &tv, TRUE, FALSE) == OK); 9439 if (n) 9440 clear_tv(&tv); 9441 } 9442 } 9443 if (*var != NUL) 9444 n = FALSE; 9445 9446 vim_free(tofree); 9447 return n; 9448 } 9449 9450 #endif /* FEAT_EVAL */ 9451 9452 9453 #if defined(FEAT_MODIFY_FNAME) || defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO) 9454 9455 #ifdef WIN3264 9456 /* 9457 * Functions for ":8" filename modifier: get 8.3 version of a filename. 9458 */ 9459 9460 /* 9461 * Get the short path (8.3) for the filename in "fnamep". 9462 * Only works for a valid file name. 9463 * When the path gets longer "fnamep" is changed and the allocated buffer 9464 * is put in "bufp". 9465 * *fnamelen is the length of "fnamep" and set to 0 for a nonexistent path. 9466 * Returns OK on success, FAIL on failure. 9467 */ 9468 static int 9469 get_short_pathname(char_u **fnamep, char_u **bufp, int *fnamelen) 9470 { 9471 int l, len; 9472 char_u *newbuf; 9473 9474 len = *fnamelen; 9475 l = GetShortPathName((LPSTR)*fnamep, (LPSTR)*fnamep, len); 9476 if (l > len - 1) 9477 { 9478 /* If that doesn't work (not enough space), then save the string 9479 * and try again with a new buffer big enough. */ 9480 newbuf = vim_strnsave(*fnamep, l); 9481 if (newbuf == NULL) 9482 return FAIL; 9483 9484 vim_free(*bufp); 9485 *fnamep = *bufp = newbuf; 9486 9487 /* Really should always succeed, as the buffer is big enough. */ 9488 l = GetShortPathName((LPSTR)*fnamep, (LPSTR)*fnamep, l+1); 9489 } 9490 9491 *fnamelen = l; 9492 return OK; 9493 } 9494 9495 /* 9496 * Get the short path (8.3) for the filename in "fname". The converted 9497 * path is returned in "bufp". 9498 * 9499 * Some of the directories specified in "fname" may not exist. This function 9500 * will shorten the existing directories at the beginning of the path and then 9501 * append the remaining non-existing path. 9502 * 9503 * fname - Pointer to the filename to shorten. On return, contains the 9504 * pointer to the shortened pathname 9505 * bufp - Pointer to an allocated buffer for the filename. 9506 * fnamelen - Length of the filename pointed to by fname 9507 * 9508 * Returns OK on success (or nothing done) and FAIL on failure (out of memory). 9509 */ 9510 static int 9511 shortpath_for_invalid_fname( 9512 char_u **fname, 9513 char_u **bufp, 9514 int *fnamelen) 9515 { 9516 char_u *short_fname, *save_fname, *pbuf_unused; 9517 char_u *endp, *save_endp; 9518 char_u ch; 9519 int old_len, len; 9520 int new_len, sfx_len; 9521 int retval = OK; 9522 9523 /* Make a copy */ 9524 old_len = *fnamelen; 9525 save_fname = vim_strnsave(*fname, old_len); 9526 pbuf_unused = NULL; 9527 short_fname = NULL; 9528 9529 endp = save_fname + old_len - 1; /* Find the end of the copy */ 9530 save_endp = endp; 9531 9532 /* 9533 * Try shortening the supplied path till it succeeds by removing one 9534 * directory at a time from the tail of the path. 9535 */ 9536 len = 0; 9537 for (;;) 9538 { 9539 /* go back one path-separator */ 9540 while (endp > save_fname && !after_pathsep(save_fname, endp + 1)) 9541 --endp; 9542 if (endp <= save_fname) 9543 break; /* processed the complete path */ 9544 9545 /* 9546 * Replace the path separator with a NUL and try to shorten the 9547 * resulting path. 9548 */ 9549 ch = *endp; 9550 *endp = 0; 9551 short_fname = save_fname; 9552 len = (int)STRLEN(short_fname) + 1; 9553 if (get_short_pathname(&short_fname, &pbuf_unused, &len) == FAIL) 9554 { 9555 retval = FAIL; 9556 goto theend; 9557 } 9558 *endp = ch; /* preserve the string */ 9559 9560 if (len > 0) 9561 break; /* successfully shortened the path */ 9562 9563 /* failed to shorten the path. Skip the path separator */ 9564 --endp; 9565 } 9566 9567 if (len > 0) 9568 { 9569 /* 9570 * Succeeded in shortening the path. Now concatenate the shortened 9571 * path with the remaining path at the tail. 9572 */ 9573 9574 /* Compute the length of the new path. */ 9575 sfx_len = (int)(save_endp - endp) + 1; 9576 new_len = len + sfx_len; 9577 9578 *fnamelen = new_len; 9579 vim_free(*bufp); 9580 if (new_len > old_len) 9581 { 9582 /* There is not enough space in the currently allocated string, 9583 * copy it to a buffer big enough. */ 9584 *fname = *bufp = vim_strnsave(short_fname, new_len); 9585 if (*fname == NULL) 9586 { 9587 retval = FAIL; 9588 goto theend; 9589 } 9590 } 9591 else 9592 { 9593 /* Transfer short_fname to the main buffer (it's big enough), 9594 * unless get_short_pathname() did its work in-place. */ 9595 *fname = *bufp = save_fname; 9596 if (short_fname != save_fname) 9597 vim_strncpy(save_fname, short_fname, len); 9598 save_fname = NULL; 9599 } 9600 9601 /* concat the not-shortened part of the path */ 9602 vim_strncpy(*fname + len, endp, sfx_len); 9603 (*fname)[new_len] = NUL; 9604 } 9605 9606 theend: 9607 vim_free(pbuf_unused); 9608 vim_free(save_fname); 9609 9610 return retval; 9611 } 9612 9613 /* 9614 * Get a pathname for a partial path. 9615 * Returns OK for success, FAIL for failure. 9616 */ 9617 static int 9618 shortpath_for_partial( 9619 char_u **fnamep, 9620 char_u **bufp, 9621 int *fnamelen) 9622 { 9623 int sepcount, len, tflen; 9624 char_u *p; 9625 char_u *pbuf, *tfname; 9626 int hasTilde; 9627 9628 /* Count up the path separators from the RHS.. so we know which part 9629 * of the path to return. */ 9630 sepcount = 0; 9631 for (p = *fnamep; p < *fnamep + *fnamelen; MB_PTR_ADV(p)) 9632 if (vim_ispathsep(*p)) 9633 ++sepcount; 9634 9635 /* Need full path first (use expand_env() to remove a "~/") */ 9636 hasTilde = (**fnamep == '~'); 9637 if (hasTilde) 9638 pbuf = tfname = expand_env_save(*fnamep); 9639 else 9640 pbuf = tfname = FullName_save(*fnamep, FALSE); 9641 9642 len = tflen = (int)STRLEN(tfname); 9643 9644 if (get_short_pathname(&tfname, &pbuf, &len) == FAIL) 9645 return FAIL; 9646 9647 if (len == 0) 9648 { 9649 /* Don't have a valid filename, so shorten the rest of the 9650 * path if we can. This CAN give us invalid 8.3 filenames, but 9651 * there's not a lot of point in guessing what it might be. 9652 */ 9653 len = tflen; 9654 if (shortpath_for_invalid_fname(&tfname, &pbuf, &len) == FAIL) 9655 return FAIL; 9656 } 9657 9658 /* Count the paths backward to find the beginning of the desired string. */ 9659 for (p = tfname + len - 1; p >= tfname; --p) 9660 { 9661 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 9662 if (has_mbyte) 9663 p -= mb_head_off(tfname, p); 9664 #endif 9665 if (vim_ispathsep(*p)) 9666 { 9667 if (sepcount == 0 || (hasTilde && sepcount == 1)) 9668 break; 9669 else 9670 sepcount --; 9671 } 9672 } 9673 if (hasTilde) 9674 { 9675 --p; 9676 if (p >= tfname) 9677 *p = '~'; 9678 else 9679 return FAIL; 9680 } 9681 else 9682 ++p; 9683 9684 /* Copy in the string - p indexes into tfname - allocated at pbuf */ 9685 vim_free(*bufp); 9686 *fnamelen = (int)STRLEN(p); 9687 *bufp = pbuf; 9688 *fnamep = p; 9689 9690 return OK; 9691 } 9692 #endif /* WIN3264 */ 9693 9694 /* 9695 * Adjust a filename, according to a string of modifiers. 9696 * *fnamep must be NUL terminated when called. When returning, the length is 9697 * determined by *fnamelen. 9698 * Returns VALID_ flags or -1 for failure. 9699 * When there is an error, *fnamep is set to NULL. 9700 */ 9701 int 9702 modify_fname( 9703 char_u *src, // string with modifiers 9704 int tilde_file, // "~" is a file name, not $HOME 9705 int *usedlen, // characters after src that are used 9706 char_u **fnamep, // file name so far 9707 char_u **bufp, // buffer for allocated file name or NULL 9708 int *fnamelen) // length of fnamep 9709 { 9710 int valid = 0; 9711 char_u *tail; 9712 char_u *s, *p, *pbuf; 9713 char_u dirname[MAXPATHL]; 9714 int c; 9715 int has_fullname = 0; 9716 #ifdef WIN3264 9717 char_u *fname_start = *fnamep; 9718 int has_shortname = 0; 9719 #endif 9720 9721 repeat: 9722 /* ":p" - full path/file_name */ 9723 if (src[*usedlen] == ':' && src[*usedlen + 1] == 'p') 9724 { 9725 has_fullname = 1; 9726 9727 valid |= VALID_PATH; 9728 *usedlen += 2; 9729 9730 /* Expand "~/path" for all systems and "~user/path" for Unix and VMS */ 9731 if ((*fnamep)[0] == '~' 9732 #if !defined(UNIX) && !(defined(VMS) && defined(USER_HOME)) 9733 && ((*fnamep)[1] == '/' 9734 # ifdef BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME 9735 || (*fnamep)[1] == '\\' 9736 # endif 9737 || (*fnamep)[1] == NUL) 9738 #endif 9739 && !(tilde_file && (*fnamep)[1] == NUL) 9740 ) 9741 { 9742 *fnamep = expand_env_save(*fnamep); 9743 vim_free(*bufp); /* free any allocated file name */ 9744 *bufp = *fnamep; 9745 if (*fnamep == NULL) 9746 return -1; 9747 } 9748 9749 /* When "/." or "/.." is used: force expansion to get rid of it. */ 9750 for (p = *fnamep; *p != NUL; MB_PTR_ADV(p)) 9751 { 9752 if (vim_ispathsep(*p) 9753 && p[1] == '.' 9754 && (p[2] == NUL 9755 || vim_ispathsep(p[2]) 9756 || (p[2] == '.' 9757 && (p[3] == NUL || vim_ispathsep(p[3]))))) 9758 break; 9759 } 9760 9761 /* FullName_save() is slow, don't use it when not needed. */ 9762 if (*p != NUL || !vim_isAbsName(*fnamep)) 9763 { 9764 *fnamep = FullName_save(*fnamep, *p != NUL); 9765 vim_free(*bufp); /* free any allocated file name */ 9766 *bufp = *fnamep; 9767 if (*fnamep == NULL) 9768 return -1; 9769 } 9770 9771 #ifdef WIN3264 9772 # if _WIN32_WINNT >= 0x0500 9773 if (vim_strchr(*fnamep, '~') != NULL) 9774 { 9775 /* Expand 8.3 filename to full path. Needed to make sure the same 9776 * file does not have two different names. 9777 * Note: problem does not occur if _WIN32_WINNT < 0x0500. */ 9778 p = alloc(_MAX_PATH + 1); 9779 if (p != NULL) 9780 { 9781 if (GetLongPathName((LPSTR)*fnamep, (LPSTR)p, _MAX_PATH)) 9782 { 9783 vim_free(*bufp); 9784 *bufp = *fnamep = p; 9785 } 9786 else 9787 vim_free(p); 9788 } 9789 } 9790 # endif 9791 #endif 9792 /* Append a path separator to a directory. */ 9793 if (mch_isdir(*fnamep)) 9794 { 9795 /* Make room for one or two extra characters. */ 9796 *fnamep = vim_strnsave(*fnamep, (int)STRLEN(*fnamep) + 2); 9797 vim_free(*bufp); /* free any allocated file name */ 9798 *bufp = *fnamep; 9799 if (*fnamep == NULL) 9800 return -1; 9801 add_pathsep(*fnamep); 9802 } 9803 } 9804 9805 /* ":." - path relative to the current directory */ 9806 /* ":~" - path relative to the home directory */ 9807 /* ":8" - shortname path - postponed till after */ 9808 while (src[*usedlen] == ':' 9809 && ((c = src[*usedlen + 1]) == '.' || c == '~' || c == '8')) 9810 { 9811 *usedlen += 2; 9812 if (c == '8') 9813 { 9814 #ifdef WIN3264 9815 has_shortname = 1; /* Postpone this. */ 9816 #endif 9817 continue; 9818 } 9819 pbuf = NULL; 9820 /* Need full path first (use expand_env() to remove a "~/") */ 9821 if (!has_fullname) 9822 { 9823 if (c == '.' && **fnamep == '~') 9824 p = pbuf = expand_env_save(*fnamep); 9825 else 9826 p = pbuf = FullName_save(*fnamep, FALSE); 9827 } 9828 else 9829 p = *fnamep; 9830 9831 has_fullname = 0; 9832 9833 if (p != NULL) 9834 { 9835 if (c == '.') 9836 { 9837 mch_dirname(dirname, MAXPATHL); 9838 s = shorten_fname(p, dirname); 9839 if (s != NULL) 9840 { 9841 *fnamep = s; 9842 if (pbuf != NULL) 9843 { 9844 vim_free(*bufp); /* free any allocated file name */ 9845 *bufp = pbuf; 9846 pbuf = NULL; 9847 } 9848 } 9849 } 9850 else 9851 { 9852 home_replace(NULL, p, dirname, MAXPATHL, TRUE); 9853 /* Only replace it when it starts with '~' */ 9854 if (*dirname == '~') 9855 { 9856 s = vim_strsave(dirname); 9857 if (s != NULL) 9858 { 9859 *fnamep = s; 9860 vim_free(*bufp); 9861 *bufp = s; 9862 } 9863 } 9864 } 9865 vim_free(pbuf); 9866 } 9867 } 9868 9869 tail = gettail(*fnamep); 9870 *fnamelen = (int)STRLEN(*fnamep); 9871 9872 /* ":h" - head, remove "/file_name", can be repeated */ 9873 /* Don't remove the first "/" or "c:\" */ 9874 while (src[*usedlen] == ':' && src[*usedlen + 1] == 'h') 9875 { 9876 valid |= VALID_HEAD; 9877 *usedlen += 2; 9878 s = get_past_head(*fnamep); 9879 while (tail > s && after_pathsep(s, tail)) 9880 MB_PTR_BACK(*fnamep, tail); 9881 *fnamelen = (int)(tail - *fnamep); 9882 #ifdef VMS 9883 if (*fnamelen > 0) 9884 *fnamelen += 1; /* the path separator is part of the path */ 9885 #endif 9886 if (*fnamelen == 0) 9887 { 9888 /* Result is empty. Turn it into "." to make ":cd %:h" work. */ 9889 p = vim_strsave((char_u *)"."); 9890 if (p == NULL) 9891 return -1; 9892 vim_free(*bufp); 9893 *bufp = *fnamep = tail = p; 9894 *fnamelen = 1; 9895 } 9896 else 9897 { 9898 while (tail > s && !after_pathsep(s, tail)) 9899 MB_PTR_BACK(*fnamep, tail); 9900 } 9901 } 9902 9903 /* ":8" - shortname */ 9904 if (src[*usedlen] == ':' && src[*usedlen + 1] == '8') 9905 { 9906 *usedlen += 2; 9907 #ifdef WIN3264 9908 has_shortname = 1; 9909 #endif 9910 } 9911 9912 #ifdef WIN3264 9913 /* 9914 * Handle ":8" after we have done 'heads' and before we do 'tails'. 9915 */ 9916 if (has_shortname) 9917 { 9918 /* Copy the string if it is shortened by :h and when it wasn't copied 9919 * yet, because we are going to change it in place. Avoids changing 9920 * the buffer name for "%:8". */ 9921 if (*fnamelen < (int)STRLEN(*fnamep) || *fnamep == fname_start) 9922 { 9923 p = vim_strnsave(*fnamep, *fnamelen); 9924 if (p == NULL) 9925 return -1; 9926 vim_free(*bufp); 9927 *bufp = *fnamep = p; 9928 } 9929 9930 /* Split into two implementations - makes it easier. First is where 9931 * there isn't a full name already, second is where there is. */ 9932 if (!has_fullname && !vim_isAbsName(*fnamep)) 9933 { 9934 if (shortpath_for_partial(fnamep, bufp, fnamelen) == FAIL) 9935 return -1; 9936 } 9937 else 9938 { 9939 int l = *fnamelen; 9940 9941 /* Simple case, already have the full-name. 9942 * Nearly always shorter, so try first time. */ 9943 if (get_short_pathname(fnamep, bufp, &l) == FAIL) 9944 return -1; 9945 9946 if (l == 0) 9947 { 9948 /* Couldn't find the filename, search the paths. */ 9949 l = *fnamelen; 9950 if (shortpath_for_invalid_fname(fnamep, bufp, &l) == FAIL) 9951 return -1; 9952 } 9953 *fnamelen = l; 9954 } 9955 } 9956 #endif /* WIN3264 */ 9957 9958 /* ":t" - tail, just the basename */ 9959 if (src[*usedlen] == ':' && src[*usedlen + 1] == 't') 9960 { 9961 *usedlen += 2; 9962 *fnamelen -= (int)(tail - *fnamep); 9963 *fnamep = tail; 9964 } 9965 9966 /* ":e" - extension, can be repeated */ 9967 /* ":r" - root, without extension, can be repeated */ 9968 while (src[*usedlen] == ':' 9969 && (src[*usedlen + 1] == 'e' || src[*usedlen + 1] == 'r')) 9970 { 9971 /* find a '.' in the tail: 9972 * - for second :e: before the current fname 9973 * - otherwise: The last '.' 9974 */ 9975 if (src[*usedlen + 1] == 'e' && *fnamep > tail) 9976 s = *fnamep - 2; 9977 else 9978 s = *fnamep + *fnamelen - 1; 9979 for ( ; s > tail; --s) 9980 if (s[0] == '.') 9981 break; 9982 if (src[*usedlen + 1] == 'e') /* :e */ 9983 { 9984 if (s > tail) 9985 { 9986 *fnamelen += (int)(*fnamep - (s + 1)); 9987 *fnamep = s + 1; 9988 #ifdef VMS 9989 /* cut version from the extension */ 9990 s = *fnamep + *fnamelen - 1; 9991 for ( ; s > *fnamep; --s) 9992 if (s[0] == ';') 9993 break; 9994 if (s > *fnamep) 9995 *fnamelen = s - *fnamep; 9996 #endif 9997 } 9998 else if (*fnamep <= tail) 9999 *fnamelen = 0; 10000 } 10001 else /* :r */ 10002 { 10003 if (s > tail) /* remove one extension */ 10004 *fnamelen = (int)(s - *fnamep); 10005 } 10006 *usedlen += 2; 10007 } 10008 10009 /* ":s?pat?foo?" - substitute */ 10010 /* ":gs?pat?foo?" - global substitute */ 10011 if (src[*usedlen] == ':' 10012 && (src[*usedlen + 1] == 's' 10013 || (src[*usedlen + 1] == 'g' && src[*usedlen + 2] == 's'))) 10014 { 10015 char_u *str; 10016 char_u *pat; 10017 char_u *sub; 10018 int sep; 10019 char_u *flags; 10020 int didit = FALSE; 10021 10022 flags = (char_u *)""; 10023 s = src + *usedlen + 2; 10024 if (src[*usedlen + 1] == 'g') 10025 { 10026 flags = (char_u *)"g"; 10027 ++s; 10028 } 10029 10030 sep = *s++; 10031 if (sep) 10032 { 10033 /* find end of pattern */ 10034 p = vim_strchr(s, sep); 10035 if (p != NULL) 10036 { 10037 pat = vim_strnsave(s, (int)(p - s)); 10038 if (pat != NULL) 10039 { 10040 s = p + 1; 10041 /* find end of substitution */ 10042 p = vim_strchr(s, sep); 10043 if (p != NULL) 10044 { 10045 sub = vim_strnsave(s, (int)(p - s)); 10046 str = vim_strnsave(*fnamep, *fnamelen); 10047 if (sub != NULL && str != NULL) 10048 { 10049 *usedlen = (int)(p + 1 - src); 10050 s = do_string_sub(str, pat, sub, NULL, flags); 10051 if (s != NULL) 10052 { 10053 *fnamep = s; 10054 *fnamelen = (int)STRLEN(s); 10055 vim_free(*bufp); 10056 *bufp = s; 10057 didit = TRUE; 10058 } 10059 } 10060 vim_free(sub); 10061 vim_free(str); 10062 } 10063 vim_free(pat); 10064 } 10065 } 10066 /* after using ":s", repeat all the modifiers */ 10067 if (didit) 10068 goto repeat; 10069 } 10070 } 10071 10072 if (src[*usedlen] == ':' && src[*usedlen + 1] == 'S') 10073 { 10074 /* vim_strsave_shellescape() needs a NUL terminated string. */ 10075 c = (*fnamep)[*fnamelen]; 10076 if (c != NUL) 10077 (*fnamep)[*fnamelen] = NUL; 10078 p = vim_strsave_shellescape(*fnamep, FALSE, FALSE); 10079 if (c != NUL) 10080 (*fnamep)[*fnamelen] = c; 10081 if (p == NULL) 10082 return -1; 10083 vim_free(*bufp); 10084 *bufp = *fnamep = p; 10085 *fnamelen = (int)STRLEN(p); 10086 *usedlen += 2; 10087 } 10088 10089 return valid; 10090 } 10091 10092 /* 10093 * Perform a substitution on "str" with pattern "pat" and substitute "sub". 10094 * When "sub" is NULL "expr" is used, must be a VAR_FUNC or VAR_PARTIAL. 10095 * "flags" can be "g" to do a global substitute. 10096 * Returns an allocated string, NULL for error. 10097 */ 10098 char_u * 10099 do_string_sub( 10100 char_u *str, 10101 char_u *pat, 10102 char_u *sub, 10103 typval_T *expr, 10104 char_u *flags) 10105 { 10106 int sublen; 10107 regmatch_T regmatch; 10108 int i; 10109 int do_all; 10110 char_u *tail; 10111 char_u *end; 10112 garray_T ga; 10113 char_u *ret; 10114 char_u *save_cpo; 10115 char_u *zero_width = NULL; 10116 10117 /* Make 'cpoptions' empty, so that the 'l' flag doesn't work here */ 10118 save_cpo = p_cpo; 10119 p_cpo = empty_option; 10120 10121 ga_init2(&ga, 1, 200); 10122 10123 do_all = (flags[0] == 'g'); 10124 10125 regmatch.rm_ic = p_ic; 10126 regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(pat, RE_MAGIC + RE_STRING); 10127 if (regmatch.regprog != NULL) 10128 { 10129 tail = str; 10130 end = str + STRLEN(str); 10131 while (vim_regexec_nl(®match, str, (colnr_T)(tail - str))) 10132 { 10133 /* Skip empty match except for first match. */ 10134 if (regmatch.startp[0] == regmatch.endp[0]) 10135 { 10136 if (zero_width == regmatch.startp[0]) 10137 { 10138 /* avoid getting stuck on a match with an empty string */ 10139 i = MB_PTR2LEN(tail); 10140 mch_memmove((char_u *)ga.ga_data + ga.ga_len, tail, 10141 (size_t)i); 10142 ga.ga_len += i; 10143 tail += i; 10144 continue; 10145 } 10146 zero_width = regmatch.startp[0]; 10147 } 10148 10149 /* 10150 * Get some space for a temporary buffer to do the substitution 10151 * into. It will contain: 10152 * - The text up to where the match is. 10153 * - The substituted text. 10154 * - The text after the match. 10155 */ 10156 sublen = vim_regsub(®match, sub, expr, tail, FALSE, TRUE, FALSE); 10157 if (ga_grow(&ga, (int)((end - tail) + sublen - 10158 (regmatch.endp[0] - regmatch.startp[0]))) == FAIL) 10159 { 10160 ga_clear(&ga); 10161 break; 10162 } 10163 10164 /* copy the text up to where the match is */ 10165 i = (int)(regmatch.startp[0] - tail); 10166 mch_memmove((char_u *)ga.ga_data + ga.ga_len, tail, (size_t)i); 10167 /* add the substituted text */ 10168 (void)vim_regsub(®match, sub, expr, (char_u *)ga.ga_data 10169 + ga.ga_len + i, TRUE, TRUE, FALSE); 10170 ga.ga_len += i + sublen - 1; 10171 tail = regmatch.endp[0]; 10172 if (*tail == NUL) 10173 break; 10174 if (!do_all) 10175 break; 10176 } 10177 10178 if (ga.ga_data != NULL) 10179 STRCPY((char *)ga.ga_data + ga.ga_len, tail); 10180 10181 vim_regfree(regmatch.regprog); 10182 } 10183 10184 ret = vim_strsave(ga.ga_data == NULL ? str : (char_u *)ga.ga_data); 10185 ga_clear(&ga); 10186 if (p_cpo == empty_option) 10187 p_cpo = save_cpo; 10188 else 10189 /* Darn, evaluating {sub} expression or {expr} changed the value. */ 10190 free_string_option(save_cpo); 10191 10192 return ret; 10193 } 10194 10195 static int 10196 filter_map_one(typval_T *tv, typval_T *expr, int map, int *remp) 10197 { 10198 typval_T rettv; 10199 typval_T argv[3]; 10200 int retval = FAIL; 10201 10202 copy_tv(tv, &vimvars[VV_VAL].vv_tv); 10203 argv[0] = vimvars[VV_KEY].vv_tv; 10204 argv[1] = vimvars[VV_VAL].vv_tv; 10205 if (eval_expr_typval(expr, argv, 2, &rettv) == FAIL) 10206 goto theend; 10207 if (map) 10208 { 10209 /* map(): replace the list item value */ 10210 clear_tv(tv); 10211 rettv.v_lock = 0; 10212 *tv = rettv; 10213 } 10214 else 10215 { 10216 int error = FALSE; 10217 10218 /* filter(): when expr is zero remove the item */ 10219 *remp = (get_tv_number_chk(&rettv, &error) == 0); 10220 clear_tv(&rettv); 10221 /* On type error, nothing has been removed; return FAIL to stop the 10222 * loop. The error message was given by get_tv_number_chk(). */ 10223 if (error) 10224 goto theend; 10225 } 10226 retval = OK; 10227 theend: 10228 clear_tv(&vimvars[VV_VAL].vv_tv); 10229 return retval; 10230 } 10231 10232 10233 /* 10234 * Implementation of map() and filter(). 10235 */ 10236 void 10237 filter_map(typval_T *argvars, typval_T *rettv, int map) 10238 { 10239 typval_T *expr; 10240 listitem_T *li, *nli; 10241 list_T *l = NULL; 10242 dictitem_T *di; 10243 hashtab_T *ht; 10244 hashitem_T *hi; 10245 dict_T *d = NULL; 10246 typval_T save_val; 10247 typval_T save_key; 10248 int rem; 10249 int todo; 10250 char_u *ermsg = (char_u *)(map ? "map()" : "filter()"); 10251 char_u *arg_errmsg = (char_u *)(map ? N_("map() argument") 10252 : N_("filter() argument")); 10253 int save_did_emsg; 10254 int idx = 0; 10255 10256 if (argvars[0].v_type == VAR_LIST) 10257 { 10258 if ((l = argvars[0].vval.v_list) == NULL 10259 || (!map && tv_check_lock(l->lv_lock, arg_errmsg, TRUE))) 10260 return; 10261 } 10262 else if (argvars[0].v_type == VAR_DICT) 10263 { 10264 if ((d = argvars[0].vval.v_dict) == NULL 10265 || (!map && tv_check_lock(d->dv_lock, arg_errmsg, TRUE))) 10266 return; 10267 } 10268 else 10269 { 10270 EMSG2(_(e_listdictarg), ermsg); 10271 return; 10272 } 10273 10274 expr = &argvars[1]; 10275 /* On type errors, the preceding call has already displayed an error 10276 * message. Avoid a misleading error message for an empty string that 10277 * was not passed as argument. */ 10278 if (expr->v_type != VAR_UNKNOWN) 10279 { 10280 prepare_vimvar(VV_VAL, &save_val); 10281 10282 /* We reset "did_emsg" to be able to detect whether an error 10283 * occurred during evaluation of the expression. */ 10284 save_did_emsg = did_emsg; 10285 did_emsg = FALSE; 10286 10287 prepare_vimvar(VV_KEY, &save_key); 10288 if (argvars[0].v_type == VAR_DICT) 10289 { 10290 vimvars[VV_KEY].vv_type = VAR_STRING; 10291 10292 ht = &d->dv_hashtab; 10293 hash_lock(ht); 10294 todo = (int)ht->ht_used; 10295 for (hi = ht->ht_array; todo > 0; ++hi) 10296 { 10297 if (!HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi)) 10298 { 10299 int r; 10300 10301 --todo; 10302 di = HI2DI(hi); 10303 if (map && 10304 (tv_check_lock(di->di_tv.v_lock, arg_errmsg, TRUE) 10305 || var_check_ro(di->di_flags, arg_errmsg, TRUE))) 10306 break; 10307 vimvars[VV_KEY].vv_str = vim_strsave(di->di_key); 10308 r = filter_map_one(&di->di_tv, expr, map, &rem); 10309 clear_tv(&vimvars[VV_KEY].vv_tv); 10310 if (r == FAIL || did_emsg) 10311 break; 10312 if (!map && rem) 10313 { 10314 if (var_check_fixed(di->di_flags, arg_errmsg, TRUE) 10315 || var_check_ro(di->di_flags, arg_errmsg, TRUE)) 10316 break; 10317 dictitem_remove(d, di); 10318 } 10319 } 10320 } 10321 hash_unlock(ht); 10322 } 10323 else 10324 { 10325 vimvars[VV_KEY].vv_type = VAR_NUMBER; 10326 10327 for (li = l->lv_first; li != NULL; li = nli) 10328 { 10329 if (map && tv_check_lock(li->li_tv.v_lock, arg_errmsg, TRUE)) 10330 break; 10331 nli = li->li_next; 10332 vimvars[VV_KEY].vv_nr = idx; 10333 if (filter_map_one(&li->li_tv, expr, map, &rem) == FAIL 10334 || did_emsg) 10335 break; 10336 if (!map && rem) 10337 listitem_remove(l, li); 10338 ++idx; 10339 } 10340 } 10341 10342 restore_vimvar(VV_KEY, &save_key); 10343 restore_vimvar(VV_VAL, &save_val); 10344 10345 did_emsg |= save_did_emsg; 10346 } 10347 10348 copy_tv(&argvars[0], rettv); 10349 } 10350 10351 #endif /* defined(FEAT_MODIFY_FNAME) || defined(FEAT_EVAL) */ 10352